eo rrr ss 
 
 ¥F 
 
 Feng iit 
 3 
 
 " 
 
 i 
 
 spits 
 Sibi, 
 
/ So 
 A eet 
 
 ARCHITECTURAL 
 BOOK SHOP 
 
 PHILLIP L, PRITCHARD 
 ARCHITECTS BLDG. 
 LOS ANGELES 
 
READY-WRITTEN 
 SPECIFICATIONS 
 
READY-WRITTEN 
 SPECIFICATIONS 
 
 A 
 Compendium of Clauses 
 for Direct Use in 
 Architectural 
 Specifications 
 
 BY 
 LEICESTER B. HOLLAND 
 
 B.S. 1x Arcu., Pu.D., A. I. A. Formerty AssociaTs PRoFEssor OF ARCHITECTURE, 
 AMERICAN ScHOOL oF CiassicaL Stupigs, ATHENS, GREECE 
 
 AND 
 
 HARRY PARKER 
 
 M. S. in Arcu., A. I. A. Proressor or ARCHITECTURAL CONSTRUCTION, 
 Scuoou or Fine Arts, UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 
 
 NEW YORK 
 JOHN WILEY & SONS, Ine. 
 Lonpon: CHAPMAN & HALL, Limirep 
 1926 
 
5/28 
 
 Copyright, 1926 
 BY 
 LEICESTER B. HOLLAND anp HARRY PARKER 
 
 Printed in U. 8. A. 
 
 PRESS OF 
 BRAUNWORTH & Co, 
 BOOK MANUFACTURERS 
 BROOKLYN, NEW YORK 
 
PREFACE 
 
 SPECIFICATIONS are a load assumed with bravado, borne with groans, and shifted, 
 when they can be shifted, universally without regret. 
 
 The architect who is not a specialist in writing them, is apt to look on them as a set 
 of quasi-magic formulae, which he does not fully understand nor really care to understand, 
 but repeats dutifully and wearily, as a ritual handed down to him by wiser men. He 
 believes, or half believes, that the word has power to save, that if he repeats often enough 
 “to the approval of the Architect” and “guaranteed complete in every respect,’’ then 
 the house that is a-building should blossom in the perfect likeness of the house already 
 built in his imagination. And yet, alas, he never feels completely sure. The road of 
 the specifier is wearisome, since he is uncertain of the way. 
 
 In most cases the evil goes back to the first independent “‘job”’ of the budding archi- 
 tect. In office and in atelier the young man has been trained in drawing, in designing 
 and in detailing; his maiden contract drawings are familiar work to him. He may 
 have studied theoretical construction in some great school of architecture, or even done 
 practical superintendence as a clerk of works, yet not one young architect in a hundred 
 has ever had real instruction in the actual preparation of specifications. In his emergency 
 he does what all other architects have done, he begs from some friend of older practice 
 the specifications of some other undertaking as like in character to his own as he can 
 find, and then cuts, pastes, writes in and crosses out as well as he knows how, to make a 
 patchwork that will apply, more or less well, to the structure he has planned. 
 
 So he adopts his ritual, and ever after that he follows it, each new specification 
 being just an alteration of those that have gone before. Paragraphs that have led to 
 trouble are revised or stricken out, new devices and touches of personal technique are 
 introduced, until on some happy job the work goes through with ease and speed to the 
 complete satisfaction of all concerned. How much of this success is due to honest and 
 skilled contractors who have the tact to supplement or to ignore his written word, the 
 architect rarely can suspect! To him, the specifications of his best-starred job have 
 turned the trick, and in spite of the omissions, the contradictions, the meaningless phrases 
 which are inevitable in any such random growth, all future specifications that he writes 
 will echo that first successful compilation. 
 
 Once at least, in almost every architect’s career, he solemnly resolves that he will 
 build up from the ground a model form of specification for his work. It shall be logically 
 composed, well studied, scientific, free from the “vestigial remains” of his youthful 
 borrowings. But the task is not an attractive one for holidays and on busy days the 
 drive of immediate work precludes the search for the ideal, so another resolution is handed 
 down to the Infernal Road Commissioner. 
 
vi 
 
 Some years ago the authors of the present book together made that same resolve, 
 and circumstances favoring them, have finally seen it through. They here present 
 their collection or store-house of specification material in the hope that it may make 
 specification writing a better ordered undertaking, and with a feeling of greater certainty 
 in the results give some relief from an arduous and ungrateful task. 
 
 We claim no great innovations in this work, no marked departures from accepted 
 form, not even from the traditional method of compiling specifications. We started in 
 the ancient way, by borrowing from others. Those we asked were the leading architects 
 of New York and Philadelphia, and they most generously gave us access to any specifi- 
 cations they had. This material we have worked upon for several years, taking what 
 seemed good here or better there, comparing systems, coordinating, arranging, and 
 spending endless hours in pleasant argument on minutiae. Finally the various sections 
 have been submitted to masters of the various crafts concerned, painters, plumbers, 
 heater-men and roofers, to get what an architect rarely gets, the unbiased views of the 
 men who do the work, in regard to the principles and practices of their trades. 
 
 The material we have thus compiled covers the greater part of what would be needed 
 for the specifications of any residence, large or small, requiring merely such supplemental 
 clauses as local peculiarities of site or building practices, or unusual fancies of the owner 
 may dictate. For that matter, the material would very largely suffice for many other 
 types of building, such as schools and colleges, churches and country hotels. We 
 assume, of course, that before commencing to specify, the architect has planned his 
 building, knows the material market at his command, and what grade and quality he 
 can afford to use. We have provided for the necessary variations due to locality or 
 cost, by leaving blanks in the clauses, with notes suggesting the nature of the insertions 
 the architect is to supply. Thus we hope to provide a maximum field for our clauses to 
 cover, with a minimum amount of composition on the part of the architect. Wherever 
 possible—as for example in specifying fireplace facings, or stair trim, or supply piping— 
 we have suggested that the material be tabulated, for the greater conciseness and clarity 
 this arrangement provides, as well as for the insurance it gives against omissions. 
 
 If our efforts prove of aid to brother architects in the necessary performance of an 
 unpleasant task, they should join with us in thanking those other architects who so freely 
 gave us their specifications and their advice, and those experts in the various crafts who 
 have criticised at length and in some cases have read proof with us. Among them 
 particularly we wish to thank Mr. John Abronski, Mr. William Armstrong and 
 Mr. Warren Armstrong, Mr. Thomas B. Brunt, Mr. L. P. Edwards, Mr. Harry I. Faust, 
 Mr. William Nessler, Mr. Frank Rooney, Mr. J. Fletcher Street and Mr. Harold Watts. 
 
 We shall be most grateful for criticisms and suggestions from any who may use this 
 book, so that if this edition should prove its worth, another may be made of greater 
 service still. 
 
vii 
 
 DIRECTIONS 
 
 To the Architect. 
 
 Each section of this book has an index letter, each clause an index number. 
 
 When contract drawings have been prepared, read through the book clause by clause. 
 If a clause is applicable to the work in hand, jot down its number on an “Index 
 Sheet.” 
 
 Clauses printed on left-hand pages are alternates to clauses opposite them on right 
 hand pages. Alternate clauses are given common index numbers differentiated by 1, 2 
 
 or 3, written beneath. Thus “ provides for tin flashing, but if zinc is to be used instead 
 
 of tin, “2 is the clause to be noted down, and “- is the clause for copper. = “LEAD 
 COUNTER-FLASHING” is, as might be guessed, a clause which may be used with 
 K 5 K 5 
 
 ra but would not be used with Om 
 
 Where blanks occur in the text, write on your Index Sheet, after the letter referring 
 to the blank, the words you wish to have inserted. The notes in italics in the book 
 indicate the sort of matter to be inserted; they are merely suggestions, however, not to 
 be followed literally. 
 
 When it is desired to introduce matter peculiar to the work in hand, not to be found 
 in the book, a new clause with appropriate heading should be written on the Index Sheet, 
 in its proper place between the index numbers of clauses to be taken from the book. 
 
 Clauses which are not to be found in the book but which you wish to incorporate 
 regularly or often in your specifications, should be written in the book on the left-hand 
 pages left blank for that purpose, opposite the places on the right-hand pages where the 
 new material would properly be inserted. Give as an index number to each new clause, 
 the index number of the clause which precedes it, plus a decimal. Thus H 21-1 would 
 be a new clause inserted between H 21 and H 22. In this way your own clauses become 
 part of the regular material of the book. 
 
 While reading through, it is well to note on a separate sheet any details which you 
 find should be added to the contract drawings. 
 
 Finally hand your Index Sheet to your stenographer with the following instructions :— 
 
 To the Stenographer. 
 
 Copy out of this book the clauses indicated on the Architect’s Index Sheet, filling 
 in the blanks with the words he has supplied. Insert any new clauses he has written, in 
 their proper places as indicated by the index numbers. 
 
 Do not copy the index letters or numbers, the letters referring to the notes, or anything 
 whatever that is printed in italics in the book. 
 
Vili 
 
 SUGGESTIONS 
 
 Tue pages of specifications should be numbered consecutively, either from beginning 
 to end or beginning anew with each ‘‘Heading.” In the latter case a heading letter 
 should be added to the page number. 
 
 It is a convenience to have each clause numbered. This is best done beginning 
 anew with each ‘‘Heading.” If the page numbers have heading letters the clause 
 numbers do not need them, and vice versa. An index should be bound in at the 
 front of all specifications, giving the names of the ‘‘Headings”’ in order, with their index 
 letters and the page where each commences. 
 
 The titles of the clauses may be written above them to the left, as in this book, 
 thus:- 
 
 8. SMOOTH-FINISH COAT 
 
 The smooth-finish coat shall be composed of lime putty strained 
 through a screen of 100 meshes to the square inch, mixed with a 
 
 or the titles may be set in, on a level with the first line, thus:— 
 
 8. SMOOTH-FINISH COAT The smooth-finish coat shall be composed 
 of lime putty strained through a screen of 
 100 meshes to the square inch, mixed with a small portion of white 
 
 The second arrangement is slightly more economical of space, but probably requires a 
 little more care on the part of the stenographer. 
 
 If carbon paper be placed face up under the first sheets as the specifications are 
 being typewritten, thereby printing on the back as well as on the front, these sheets can 
 be used for blue-printing extra copies, in case all the typewritten copies of the specifi- 
 cations become exhausted. 
 
 For general convenience and utility it is better to bind specifications at the left- 
 hand edge, to open like a book, rather than at the top. The blank left-hand pages, 
 formed by the backs of the typewritten sheets, can be used to advantage in the ‘“office- 
 copy” for notes on errors, corrections, time of completion of various parts of the work, 
 and similar matters. 
 
NOTE 
 
 Ar the end of the book we print ‘THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE 
 CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF BUILDINGS” as issued by the 
 American Institute of Architects, fourth edition. These are copyrighted and are 
 reprinted here by special permission of the Institute. 
 
 The Institute also publishes standard forms for—Agreement between Contractor 
 and Owner;- Bond of Suretyship;- Agreement between Contractor and Subcontractor ;— 
 Letter of Acceptance of Subcontractor’s Proposal. All these are for sale at slight 
 cost at the headquarters of the Institute, the Octagon House, Washington, D. C., and 
 by dealers in all the large cities. 
 
 We strongly recommend that architects adopt these Standard Forms, and incor- 
 porate the Institute’s General Conditions in their specifications. Our own General 
 Conditions,—the first section of this book,—is included simply as a shorter and more 
 flexible form, for the use of architects who may prefer to evolve their own General Condi- 
 tions to suit their own particular problems. 
 
CONTENTS 
 
 PREFACE .«. . 
 
 DIRECTIONS . 
 
 SUGGESTIONS 
 
 NOTE 
 
 A GENERAL CONDITIONS PERS RUBE hg 
 eC a i ee eer Ta a othe 
 Ce are: A rtemig eC PN SRS Rn TS ae 
 7) Cie MCAROMRE OO 
 E Strong Masonry fA RR UO a 
 rr ne ORO n ERAGE 
 Oi ee RUM MB RU aA. 
 H Hot.iow TILE OG aA Teri, 
 ee eT NE CL ONY 
 J Ikon anv STEEL NT Aaa ata AR Ge 
 K Sueer Metat anp Roortnc . . . 7 
 L PuasteR WoRK . =. A Ui age 
 
 Appenp1x:—(General Conditions of the A. I. A.) 
 
 INDEX 
 
 Mads AH HonROHOVOAE 
 
 MaRBLE AND TILE 
 CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 
 HARDWARE 
 
 MetTAL CASEMENTS 
 PAINTING . 
 
 GLAZING 
 
 PLUMBING 
 
 Vacuum CLEANING SYSTEM 
 Gas FITTING 
 
 HEATING 
 
 Hort-airk HEATING 
 
 Euectric WIRING 
 
 xi 
 
READY-WRITTEN 
 SPECIFICATIONS 
 
Al 
 
 A2 
 
 A 3 
 
 A 4 
 
 AS 
 
 A6 
 
 AZ 
 
 GENERAL CONDITIONS 
 
 PROPOSALS 
 
 Sealed proposals accompanied by the drawings and specifications must 
 be sent to the office of the Architect at or before (a)....... 
 
 (a) hour and date 
 
 RIGHT TO REJECT BIDS 
 The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids. 
 
 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES 
 
 The Contractor shall carefully examine the premises before submitting 
 his bid. No allowance will be made him for lack of full knowledge of all 
 conditions, except such underground conditions as are indeterminable 
 before the commencement of the work. 
 
 TIME OF COMPLETION 
 
 The Contractor must state in his proposal the number of working 
 days, from the date of signing the contract, in which he will guarantee to 
 complete the work. 
 
 CHANGES 
 
 It is understood that the Owner shall have the right during the progress 
 of construction to make any alterations, additions, or omissions that he 
 may desire, to work or material herein specified or shown on drawings. 
 The same shall be carried into effect by the Contractor without in any 
 way violating or vitiating the contract, but if such changes are made, the 
 value of same must be agreed upon in writing between Owner, Architect 
 and Contractor. No omissions will be allowed or extra work paid for unless. 
 ordered in writing, by the Architect. 
 
 SPECIAL WORK NOT INCLUDED 
 
 The Owner reserves the right to have special work, not included in the 
 contract, done during the course of the work herein included. 
 
 SUB-CONTRACTORS 
 All sub-contractors must be approved by the Architect before the 
 contract is signed. 
 
A 8 
 
 A9 
 
 A 10 
 
 A ll 
 
 A 12 
 
 A 13 
 
 BOND 
 
 The Contractor shall, within ten (10) days after signing the contract, 
 furnish the Owner with a bond of a Trust Company acceptable to the 
 Owner, in a sum equal to 50 per cent of the contract price of the work, 
 guaranteeing the faithful performance of his contract, and against loss 
 by reason of any lien. 
 
 RELEASE OF LIENS 
 
 The Contractor shall furnish the Owner before a final payment is made, 
 a full release of liens, signed by all sub-contractors and material men 
 associated in any way with the work. 
 
 PERMITS 
 
 The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits, surveys, and 
 Inspector’s fees required, without extra cost to the Owner. 
 
 RESPONSIBILITY FOR ACCIDENTS 
 
 The Contractor must bear all loss or damage from accidents which 
 may occur to any person or persons, by or on account of the prosecution 
 of the work, until possession is taken by the Owner. The Contractor 
 must provide all legal and necessary guards, railings, lights, warning- 
 signs, etc., during the progress of the work. 
 
 WORKMEN’S COMPENSATION LAW 
 
 The Contractor must assume all risks and bear all losses occasioned by 
 neglect or accident during the progress of the work until the same shall 
 have been completed and accepted by the Architect. The Contractor 
 shall obtain and pay for liability insurance covering the entire work, in 
 accordance with any Workmen’s Compensation Law which may be in 
 operation now or put in effect before the completion of his contract. 
 
 INSURANCE 
 
 ne COPE bo shall effect fire, lightning and tornado insurance, 
 from time to time, equal to the amount of the payments made on account 
 of the contract, and made payable to the Contractor or Owner, as their 
 
 interests may appear. 
 
 (a) Contractor; Owner. 
 
 GENERAL CONDITIONS 
 
A 14 
 
 A 15 
 
 A 16 
 
 A 17 
 
 A 18 
 
 A 19 
 
 OMISSIONS 
 
 The drawings and specifications are intended to co-operate. Anything 
 shown on the drawings but not mentioned in the specifications, or vice versa, 
 or anything not expressly set forth in either, but which is reasonably 
 implied, shall be furnished as though specifically shown and mentioned in 
 both, without any extra charge. Should anything be omitted from the 
 drawings necessary to the proper construction of the work herein described, 
 it shall be the duty of the Contractor to so notify the Architect before 
 signing the contract, and in the event of the Contractor failing to give such 
 notice, he shall make good any damage or defect in his work caused thereby 
 without extra charge. 
 
 DETAIL AND WORKING DRAWINGS 
 
 Additional detail and working drawings will be furnished in amplifi- 
 cation of the contract drawings as they may be required. All such 
 additional drawings are to be considered of equal force with those which 
 accompany these specifications. A complete set of the drawings and 
 specifications must be kept at the building at all times during the progress 
 of the work. 
 
 SHOP DRAWINGS 
 
 The Contractor shall, upon request, submit shop drawings for the 
 approval of the Architect. 
 
 DIMENSIONS 
 
 Figures given on the drawings govern scale measurements, and larger 
 scale governs smaller. 
 
 QUESTIONS AND DISAGREEMENTS 
 
 All questions or disagreements between the Owner and the Contractor 
 relating to the interpretation of the drawings and specifications, or the 
 kind and quality of work and material required thereby, shall be referred 
 to the Architect. His decision shall be final, conclusive and without appeal. 
 
 LAYING OUT THE WORK 
 
 The Contractor shall lay out the work from the drawings, to the 
 approval of the Architect, and shall be responsible for any damage that 
 may be sustained by the Owner or others from incorrect location of the 
 
 building. 
 GENERAL CONDITIONS 
 
A 20 
 
 A 21 
 
 A 22 
 
 A 23 
 
 A 24 
 
 A 25 
 
 A 26 
 
 FOREMAN 
 
 The Contractor must have at the building from start to finish a respon- 
 sible foreman. In addition, the Contractor must give the work his per- 
 sonal supervision. The foreman must be on duty during all working 
 hours. Any instructions or notices given to him shall have the same force 
 as if given to the Contractor in person. 
 
 WORKMEN 
 
 Any workman who in the opinion of the Architect is not capable, or 
 who is careless in the execution of the work, must be removed upon the 
 request of the Architect. 
 
 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP 
 
 All materials and workmanship are to be the best of their several kinds, 
 unless specified to the contrary. The Contractor is to furnish all acces- 
 sories needed, such as scaffolding, forms, protection, and all other tem- 
 porary work, unless otherwise distinctly specified. 
 
 BUILDING LAWS AND ORDINANCES 
 
 All materials and construction shall conform to the requirements of all 
 building and sanitary laws in force in the locality in which the building is 
 to be erected. The Contractor shall be responsible for any violation of the 
 same, and shall make all work acceptable to the Building Department 
 without extra charge. 
 
 DEFECTIVE OR IMPROPER WORK 
 
 Any work or materials not acceptable to the Architect must be removed 
 by the Contractor and replaced by approved materials or work without 
 extra compensation. All condemned material must be removed from the 
 premises immediately. 
 
 INSPECTION 
 
 The Contractor shall afford the Architect every facility for inspecting 
 the work and materials. 
 
 CLOSING IN WORK 
 
 No piping, wiring, ducts, etc., shall be covered up until properly inspected 
 and approved, and until certificates, if required, shall have been issued for 
 the same. 
 
 GENERAL CONDITIONS 
 
10 
 
 For temporary installation of heating apparatus see under “ HEATIN G,” 
 page 223. 
 
 TEMPORARY WATER SUPPLY 
 
 All water required for building operations will be supplied at site by 
 Owner, but connections, hose, etc., as may be necessary, shall be supplied 
 by the General Contractor. 
 
 For temporary water supply installed by Plumber see under 
 “PLUMBING,” page 189. 
 
A 27 
 
 A 28 
 
 A 29 
 
 A 30 
 
 A 32 
 
 A 33 
 
 A 34 
 
 11 
 
 CUTTING 
 
 All cutting and repairing of work shall be done without extra charge 
 by the Contractor or sub-contractor whose work is to be cut. 
 
 PROTECTION 
 
 All materials in or designed for the work shall be at all times suitably 
 housed or protected, particular care being taken of all finished parts. 
 
 PRIVY 
 
 The General Contractor shall provide a temporary privy with proper 
 enclosure. This shall be removed on completion of the work and the 
 premises be left in perfect condition. 
 
 FROST AND DAMPNESS 
 
 The General Contractor shall furnish all usual heating apparatus and 
 fuel, or other appliances to protect the work from frost and dampness. 
 No interior finish will be permitted in the building until the Architect is 
 satisfied that the rooms are sufficiently dry. 
 
 TEMPORARY WATER SUPPLY 
 The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for water supply for 
 building purposes. 
 
 CLEANING AND REFITTING 
 
 The building must be kept free from all surplus material, dirt and 
 rubbish at all times. At the completion of the work all paint spots must 
 be removed from floors and walls, and windows and doors refitted where 
 required. All windows must be cleaned and such minor repairs and altera- 
 tions made as may be necessary to make the building ready for occupancy. 
 
 GUARANTEE 
 
 The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall make good any defects 
 due to faults in labor or material, which may arise or be discovered within 
 one year after the completion of the work and its acceptance by the 
 Architect. 
 
 RETURNING DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS 
 
 All drawings and specifications must be returned to the Architect before 
 the final certificate will be issued by him to the Contractor. 
 
 GENERAL CONDITIONS 
 
12 
 
Bl 
 
 B2 
 
 B3 
 
 B4 
 
 BS 
 
 B6 
 
 13 
 
 DEMOLITION 
 
 GENERAL 
 
 All work included under this heading shall be subject to the General 
 Conditions of the entire operation. The sub-contractor for this portion 
 of the work is required to refer especially thereto. 
 
 WORK INCLUDED 
 
 Remove (a)....... 
 Old foundations shall be removed wherever necessary to allow new walls 
 to be carried to a solid bottom. 
 
 (a) all walls, piers, etc., where indicated on drawings by dotted lines;— etc. 
 
 OLD PIPES 
 
 Cut off all supply pipes, sewers, conduits, etc., 3’ outside of the excava- 
 tions, and securely plug or cap the ends. 
 
 OLD WELLS 
 
 Fill in any old wells, cesspools, etc., that may occur, and lay reinforced 
 concrete slabs over tops of same, unless otherwise directed. 
 
 OLD MATERIALS 
 
 Old materials taken from the present building, which in the opinion of 
 the Architect are fit for use in the new building, shall be carefully cleaned 
 and piled where directed and may then be re-used. All material not 
 approved for re-use or reserved by the Owner shall become the property 
 of the Contractor and be removed at once from the premises. 
 
 SHORING AND UNDERPINNING 
 
 Shore up and underpin all walls wherever necessary. The shoring 
 shall be done with heavy inclined shores wedged to a solid bearing and 
 supported, if necessary, on temporary piling and cribbing. All under- 
 pinning shall be done in short sections and shall be solidly built and 
 thoroughly wedged up. 
 
14 
 
 For excavation to be done by Plumber see under “PLUMBIN G,”’ page 188. 
 
Ci 
 
 C2 
 
 C3 
 
 C4 
 
 C5 
 
 C6 
 
 C7 
 
 15 
 
 EXCAVATION 
 
 GENERAL 
 
 All work included under this heading shall be subject to the General 
 Conditions of the entire operation. The sub-contractor for this portion 
 of the work is required to refer especially thereto. 
 
 STAKES AND BATTER-BOARDS 
 Lay out the building accurately under the supervision of the Architect 
 and set such stakes, batter-boards, etc., as may be necessary. 
 
 PROTECTION OF SHRUBBERY 
 
 Build temporary boxes and frames to protect all existing trees and 
 shrubs that are liable to be damaged during the progress of the work. 
 This Contractor shall be responsible for all unnecessary damage to trees, 
 shrubs, drives, lawns, etc. 
 
 REMOVAL OF TREES 
 Trees that interfere with the construction of the building may be 
 removed, but not without approval by the Architect. 
 
 SOD AND SOIL 
 
 Carefully remove all sod and top soil to a depth of 9” throughout the 
 area of the building, and for 5’ beyond on all sides, and pile on premises 
 where directed. 
 
 GENERAL EXCAVATION 
 
 Excavate for cellar, foundation walls, piers, areas, and such other work 
 as may be necessary, to the depths shown on drawings. All trenches for 
 foundation walls or piers must have solid, level and undisturbed bottoms. 
 All exterior foundations shall go down at least (a) ....... below grade. 
 The excavations shall be kept as free as possible from surface draining. 
 
 (a) 2’;- 4';- ete. 
 
 EXCAVATION BELOW FLOORS 
 
 Excavations shall be carried under all portions of the building to give a 
 depth of at least 2’ below the bottom of all floor beams and girders. 
 
16 
 
 For construction of cesspool see wnder “MASONRY,” page 29, and 
 “PLUMBING,” page 197. 
 
 GRADING 
 
 Earth removed from excavation shall be used to form grades as shown 
 on drawings. This Contractor shall supply such extra soil as may be 
 necessary to complete grading. ‘Top soil shall be used to cover grading to 
 a depth of 6’’, and extra top soil supplied if necessary. 
 
 Sint ~~ —too 
 
 yore 
 
C8 
 
 C9 
 
 C10 
 
 Cll 
 
 C12 
 
 C13 
 
 C14 
 
 17 
 
 BANK WALLS 
 
 Excavations for all exterior foundations shall extend at least 6’ beyond 
 each face of the wall. No bank walls will be permitted. 
 
 EXCAVATION FOR PIPING 
 
 Excavate for drainage system and piping, as the Plumber may direct, 
 and do all such miscellaneous excavating as may be necessary for the 
 completion of the building and its equipment. 
 
 DRY WELLS 
 
 Construct dry wells where shown on drawings. These shall be 3’ in 
 diameter and be carried 4’ below the point at which drain pipe enters them. 
 They shall be filled with small or broken stones, brickbats, etc. to within 
 1’ of grade. 
 
 AREA DRAIN PITS 
 Construct under floor of each area a drain pit 2’ in diameter and 2’ deep. 
 This shall be filled with cinders or broken stone. 
 
 CESSPOOL 
 
 Excavate for cesspool where directed at a distance of Sn ke from 
 building; excavation to be 11’ in diameter, and to be carried 8’ below 
 
 point at which drain pipe enters it. 
 (a) 50';- 75’ ;— etc. 
 
 SEPTIC TANK 
 
 Excavate where directed, at a distance of (a)....... from building, 
 for septic tank specified under the heading (6)....... 
 
 (a) 40';- 50';- etc. 
 
 (bl) “CONCRETE” ;- “ PLUMBING.” 
 FILLING AROUND MASONRY 
 
 Refill around all masonry when directed by the Architect. Unless 
 otherwise specified, all filling must be thoroughly puddled and rammed and 
 be brought up to a sufficient height and so graded as to drain water away 
 
 from building. 
 
 GRADING 
 
 Earth removed from excavations shall be used to form an even and 
 neat slope from the building, as directed by the Architect, and shall then 
 be covered over with top soil. All earth not used for refilling or grading is 
 to be carted away by this Contractor unless otherwise directed. 
 
 EXCAVATION 
 
18 
 
D1 
 
 D2 
 
 D3 
 
 D4 
 
 D5 
 
 D6 
 
 D7 
 
 19 
 
 GENERAL MASONRY 
 
 GENERAL 
 
 All work included under this heading shall be subject to the General 
 Conditions of the entire operation. The sub-contractor for this portion 
 of the work is required to refer especially thereto. 
 
 This Contractor shall furnish all appliances, tools, derricks, scaffolds, 
 and all other material required to carry out his contract in the most rapid 
 and thorough manner. 
 
 CEMENT 
 All cement shall be (a)....... 
 (a) an approved brand of Portland cement;— name of brand. 
 
 WHITE CEMENT 
 White cement of (a)....... brand shall be used for (b)...... ; 
 
 (a) approved;— name of brand. 
 (b) exterior stucco;— glazed brickwork;-— etc. 
 
 SAND 
 
 All sand used throughout the work must be approved by the Architect. 
 It shall be clean, sharp sand or clean, yellow gravel, free from foreign 
 matter. 
 
 CINDERS 
 All cinders shall be clean bituminous cinders, broken up and sieved and 
 free of all coal dust and dirt. 
 
 MORTAR BOXES 
 
 Provide proper boxes for mixing mortar. No mortar or plaster may be 
 mixed on the ground or floors of the building. 
 
 PROTECTION 
 
 All mason work shall be suspended during freezing weather, except 
 when specially permitted by the Architect. All walls, floors, etc., recently 
 built, must be properly protected from the weather and from all injury. 
 All work injured by the weather must be taken down and rebuilt. All 
 masonry sills or projecting work must be protected by boarding, immedi- 
 ately after setting. 
 
20 
 
D8 
 
 D9 
 
 D10 
 
 Dil 
 
 D 12 
 
 D 13 
 
 D 14 
 
 D15 
 
 D 16 
 
 21 
 
 CHASES 
 
 This Contractor shall ascertain where all chases or openings for pipes, 
 wires, ducts, etc., are to go, and not wait for such information to be given 
 him. He shall construct all such chases as shown or required, subject to 
 the approval of the Architect. 
 
 SCUPPERS OR WEEP HOLES 
 
 Build all scuppers according to detail where shown on drawings. 
 
 RADIATOR RECESSES 
 Provide all recesses for radiators in masonry walls where shown. 
 
 ANCHORS, ETC. 
 
 This Contractor shall build in all anchors, joggles, bolts, flashings, wall 
 plugs, nailing strips, beams, frames, etc., as may be required. These 
 materials shall be placed according to the directions of those who furnish 
 them. 
 
 SETTING STEEL LINTELS 
 
 All flat arches where shown on drawings, unless otherwise specified, 
 shall have steel lintels at back of same. These lintels are provided under 
 the heading ““IRON AND STEEL” but shall be set by this contractor. 
 
 SETTING FRAMES 
 
 Set all frames as directed and fill with plaster between the frames and 
 masonry until all spaces are solid. 
 
 CALKING 
 
 Calk thoroughly with oakum or roofer’s cement around all frames in 
 exterior masonry walls, and make them absolutely tight. 
 
 INSULATION FOR FLOORS 
 
 Fill in with mortar between joists on insulating floor provided under the 
 heading ““CARPENTRY.” 
 
 FIRE STOPS 
 
 Fill in with stone or brick between the ends of all wood joists where 
 they rest upon walls or partitions. The height of the filling shall be the 
 thickness of the floors. Fill also between the rafter heels from the wall 
 
 plate to the roof sheathing. 
 GENERAL MASONRY 
 
22 
 
 D18 WATERPROOFING BASEMENT 
 2 The basement shall be made waterproof by the application of (a)....... 
 
 coats of (0)... 02. to the exterior of the foundation walls from bottom of 
 
 the footings to grade level. All walls must be thoroughly dry before this 
 coating is applied. 
 
 (a) one;— two;- etc. 
 (6) asphalt;— name of waterproofing compound;- ete. 
 
D 18 
 
 D19 
 
 D20 
 
 D 21 
 
 23 
 
 GYPSUM BLOCK PARTITIONS 
 Gypsum block partitions where indicated on drawings shall be built of 
 CR wes ve gypsum hollow tile, laid with vertical joints broken. 
 
 (a) name of brand and thickness. 
 
 WATERPROOFING BASEMENT 
 
 The basement shall be made waterproof by the addition of (a)....... 
 waterproofing compound to all plaster on the (b)....... face of exterior 
 walls, and the basement floor. This waterproofing shall be done according 
 to the directions of the manufacturers. 
 
 (a) name of brand. 
 (b) exterior;— interior;— etc. 
 
 WATERPROOFING ABOVE GRADE 
 
 All exterior walls above grade shall be made waterproof by the applica- 
 CHOP CB) cis cies 3 Conta OF (0) ys oes All walls must be thoroughly dry 
 before this coating is applied. 
 
 (a) one exterior;— two interior ;— etc. 
 (b) asphalt;— name of waterproofing compound;- etc. 
 
 INTERIOR WHITEWASH 
 
 On the completion of the building, a good coat of whitewash shall be 
 applied to all basement walls, ceilings, piers, and partitions, unless other- 
 wise specified. 
 
 EXTERIOR WHITEWASH 
 
 Whitewash (a)....... with a mixture composed of 10 parts freshly 
 slaked lime and 1 part Portland cement mixed well with salt water and 
 applied thin. 
 
 (a) all exterior walls;— area walls;— garden walls;— etc. 
 
 GENERAL MASONRY 
 
CEMENT MORTAR 
 
 All mortar for stone masonry, unless otherwise specified, shall be com- 
 posed of 1 part cement, 3 parts sand, and 1/10 part lime paste. 
 
 She 
 
 For concrete foundation walls and concrete area walls see under 
 “CONCRETE,” pages 36, 87 and 39. 
 
E4 
 
 ES5 
 
 E 6 
 
 25 
 
 STONE MASONRY 
 
 CEMENT MORTAR 
 
 All mortar for stone masonry, unless otherwise specified, shall be com- 
 posed of 1 part cement and 3 parts of sand. 
 
 NON-STAINING CEMENT MORTAR 
 
 All mortar for cut stone work shall be composed of 1 part lime paste, 
 3 parts sand, and 1/6 part of an approved brand of stainless cement. 
 
 LIME MORTAR 
 
 Lime mortar shall be composed of 1 part freshly burned lime and 3 parts 
 sand. All mortar must be used immediately after being mixed. No 
 re-mixing or re-tempering will be permitted. 
 
 FOUNDATION STONE 
 
 All foundation walls shown on the drawings, up to a line 6”’ below the 
 finished grade, and all other unexposed stone masonry shall be of large, 
 hard local building stone, which must be approved by the Architect. 
 
 FACE STONE 
 All exposed stone work, unless otherwise specified, shall be (a)....... 
 
 (a) name of stone. 
 
 CUT STONE 
 
 The cut stone throughout the building shall be as follows: (a)....... 
 
 (a) LOCATION KIND OF STONE QUARRY OR GRADE FINISH 
 
 Steps, UAAEINRIE SSK SST RAR N RRA Sh CONEY a raha Sine-pointed 
 Sills, ARE AR a ERIE Ai a eg eS RL OA eight-cut 
 Caps, POA 828 i Stat Se NN stz-cut 
 Fireplace facing, CON Mee EN AN Oks Ca tas i ag iia rubbed 
 
 etc. etc. etc. etc. 
 
FACE STONE WORK 
 All exposed stone work shall be (a) 
 
 (a) uncoursed rubble;— coursed rubble with squared quoins;— ranged ashlar;— etc. 
 
 SAMPLES OF STONE WORK 
 
 The Contractor shall lay up to the approval of the Architect a portion 
 of the face stone work showing size and type of stone, type and color of 
 pointing, ete. 
 
 For concrete footings see under “CONCRETE,” page 37. 
 
EZ 
 
 E8 
 
 E 13 
 
 E 14 
 
 27 
 
 SETTING 
 
 All stones shall be laid on their natural bed, thoroughly bonded and 
 bedded. Bond or through stones shall be placed not more than 5’ apart. 
 All joints shall be filled up tight with mortar and spalls. All corners and 
 jambs shall be run straight and true. All putiock holes shall be large and 
 on completion shall be filled with large stones. 
 
 SETTING CUT STONE 
 
 No joint in cut stone work shall exceed 3/16” in width. Mortar shall 
 be raked out to a depth of at least 3/4’ for pointing. Copings and projecting 
 courses shall be set with dry joints, to be calked later with oakum and 
 filled flush with grout. Facing stones shall be set on wooden wedges which 
 shall not be removed until the stone work is cleaned and pointed. 
 
 FACE STONE WORK 
 
 All exposed stone work shall be laid up as directed by the Architect, 
 in the manner indicated on the drawings. 
 
 POINTING 
 
 Scrape out all joints thoroughly to receive pointing. All exterior work 
 shall be pointed with cement mortar colored as the Architect may direct. 
 
 SAMPLES OF POINTING 
 
 The Contractor for this work shall submit samples of the pointing 
 before beginning the work. 
 
 CLEANING CUT STONE 
 
 The face of all cut stone work shall be thoroughly cleaned with soap 
 and water and fibre brushes. No wire brushes or acids will be permitted. 
 
 DASHING 
 
 The inner side of basement walls (a)....... shall be plastered with 
 cement mortar, composed of 1 part cement and 2-1/2 parts sand, troweled 
 to an even surface. All basement walls shall be plastered on the outside 
 with cement mortar as the walls are built. 
 
 (a) throughout;— in laundry;— in milk cellar;— ete. 
 
 FOOTING STONES 
 All footing stones shall be large, flat stones extending the full width of 
 the footings. 
 
 STONE MASONRY 
 
28 
 
 If cesspool is to be included in Plumber’s contract, see under 
 “PLUMBING,” page 197, for cesspool and cesspool top. 
 
E15 
 
 E 16 
 
 E17 
 
 E18 
 
 E19 
 
 E 20 
 
 29 
 
 SELECTED STONES 
 CN shall be selected stones, accurately cut to the required 
 
 (a) Copings;— Caps;— Arch-stones;— Corbels;— etc. 
 
 STONE LINTELS 
 
 Stone lintels, where shown on drawings, shall be of selected, large, 
 flat stones. 
 
 FLAGSTONE 
 Provide and set, where shown, flagstone (a)....... The thickness shall 
 
 (a) caps to piers in basement;— copings;— steps;— manhole covers;— etc. 
 (b) 2";- 2-1/2"; 3";- ete. 
 
 FLAGSTONE WALKS AND TERRACES 
 
 Provide and set flagstone walks and terraces where shown on drawings, 
 OEM eid material laid as indicated and of dimensions shown. Each 
 stone shall be well bedded in sand, and unless otherwise specified shall have 
 a pitch of 1/4” to the foot. 
 
 (a) 2-1/2";- 8";- ete. 
 
 FOOTING DRAINS 
 
 Provide and build a footing drain around the outside of the basement 
 walls, starting at the high point (a)....... and emptying at the low point 
 ie els into an 8” tile drain which shall be carried to (c)....... 
 The footing drain shall be of 4” vitrified tile pipe laid with open hubs and 
 graded to an even pitch of at least 1/8’ to the foot. Each hub shall be cov- 
 ered on top with tarred felt to prevent the intrusion of earth. The drain 
 pipe shall be laid on a firm earth bed, and the trench in which it is laid 
 filled for a distance of 18” from the face of the foundation wall with broken 
 stone, to within 8” of the finished grade. 
 
 (a) S. E. corner of kitchen wing;— etc. 
 
 (b) N. W. corner of main building ;— etc. 
 (c) sewer;— dry well;— cesspool;— etc. 
 
 CESSPOOL 
 
 Construct cesspool where directed, at a distance of (@)....... from 
 building. The walls shall be 16” thick, of stone laid up without mortar. 
 
 (a) 50';- 70’;- etc. 
 STONE MASONRY 
 
30 
 
 E21 CESSPOOL TOP 
 
 2 The cesspool is to be covered with a cement top, provided under the 
 heading “CONCRETE.” 
 
31 
 
 E 21 CESSPOOL TOP 
 1 The top of the cesspool shall be covered with an 8” brick dome with 
 manhole, finishing 12” below the finished grade. The manhole shall be 
 
 fitted with (a)....... 
 
 (a) 3” flagstone cover;— cast iron cover, provided under the heading “ PLUMBING’”’;- etc. 
 
 STONE MASONRY 
 
32 
 
FI 
 
 ae” 3 
 
 F3 
 
 F 4 
 
 FS5 
 
 F6 
 
 F7 
 
 F8 
 
 33 
 
 CONCRETE 
 
 GENERAL 
 
 All work included under this heading shall be subject to the General 
 Conditions of the entire operation. The sub-contractor for this portion 
 of the work is required to refer especially thereto. 
 
 WORK INCLUDED 
 Under this contract is included (a)....... , and all other work wherever 
 indicated on drawings as being of concrete. 
 
 (a) walls;— floors;— beams;— pavements;— steps;— etc. 
 
 CEMENT 
 All cement shall be (a)....... 
 
 (a) name of brand;- an approved brand of Portland cement. 
 
 SAND 
 All sand must be approved by the Architect. It shall be coarse, clean, 
 sharp sand, or clean yellow gravel, free from foreign matter. 
 
 CINDERS 
 All cinders shall be clean anthracite cinders, broken up and sieved and 
 free of all coal dust and dirt. 
 
 STONE 
 
 All stone used in plain concrete shall be good hard broken stone, of 
 sizes from 1/2” to 1-1/2’’, free from dust and dirt. 
 
 STONE FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE 
 
 The stone used in reinforced concrete shall be good hard broken stone 
 in sizes from 1/4” to 3/4’, free from dust and dirt. 
 
 REINFORCING RODS 
 All reinforcing rods are provided under the heading ‘(IRON AND 
 STEEL.”’ 
 
RE a 
 
F9 
 
 F 10 
 
 F 1 
 
 F 12 
 
 F 13 
 
 F 14 
 
 F15 
 
 F 16 
 
 35 
 
 PROTECTION FROM WEATHER 
 
 All concrete work shall be discontinued during freezing weather except 
 when specially permitted by the Architect. All work recently built must 
 be properly protected from the elements. All work injured by the weather 
 must be taken down and rebuilt. 
 
 CHASES 
 
 This Contractor shall ascertain where all chases or openings for pipes, 
 wires, ducts, etc. are to go, and not wait for such information to be given 
 him. He shall construct all such chases as shown or required, subject to 
 the approval of the Architect. 
 
 ANCHORS, ETC. 
 
 This Contractor shall build in all anchors, joggles, bolts, flashings, wall 
 plugs, frames, etc. as may be required. These materials shall be placed 
 according to the directions of those who furnish them. 
 
 WATERPROOFING 
 
 A Ms shall be waterproofed by the addition of (b)....... 
 waterproofing compound. This waterproofing shall be done according to 
 the directions of the manufacturers. 
 
 (a) exterior walls;— basement floors;— etc. 
 (b) name of brand. 
 
 PLAIN CONCRETE 
 Plain concrete shall be mixed in the proportions of 1 part cement, 3 parts. 
 sand, and 6 parts broken stone. 
 
 CINDER CONCRETE 
 Cinder concrete shall be mixed in the proportions of 1 part cement to 
 5 parts cinders. 
 
 REINFORCED CONCRETE 
 
 All reinforced concrete shall be mixed in the proportions of 1 part. 
 cement, 2 parts sand, and 4 parts broken stone. 
 
 CONCRETE BLOCK 
 
 All concrete blocks shall be best-quality 8’’x8’’x16’’ hollow cement 
 blocks, made of 1 part cement and 3 parts sand, and shall be allowed to 
 set for sixty (60) days before being used. 
 
 CONCRETE 
 
36 
 
 CONCRETE BLOCK FOUNDATIONS 
 
 All foundation walls up to within 6” of finished grade, and all other 
 unexposed masonry unless otherwise indicated, shall be of concrete block 
 of dimensions shown on drawings. 
 
 CONCRETE BLOCK WALLS 
 
 All walls throughout the building, unless otherwise indicated, shall be 
 of concrete block of dimensions shown on drawings. 
 
F 17 
 
 F 18 
 
 F 19 
 
 F 20 
 
 F 21 
 
 F 22 
 
 37 
 
 MIXING 
 
 If a mechanical mixer is not used, mix cement and sand dry so that the 
 whole mass appears uniform in color, then add water and mix to a proper 
 consistency; after a thorough wetting add the stone and mix to a uniform 
 mass. 
 
 MIXING BOXES 
 
 Provide proper boxes for mixing concrete. No concrete may be mixed 
 on the ground or floors of the building. 
 
 FORMS 
 
 Construct all forms so that they will be water-tight, true to line and 
 form. The forms shall be sufficiently rigid to resist bending under load and 
 dumping. Forms must not be removed until permission is given by the 
 Architect. 
 
 PLACING REINFORCEMENT 
 
 Special care must be taken that reinforcing members be placed exactly 
 in the positions indicated on the drawings. 
 
 POURING 
 
 All concrete must be poured into forms immediately after mixing. 
 Concrete must be thoroughly tamped immediately after pouring. 
 
 Where concrete is to have an exposed surface, a flat tool shall be worked 
 between the face of the form and the concrete, forcing back large stones so 
 that finished surface will be smooth and uniform. 
 
 CONCRETE FOOTINGS 
 All footings indicated on drawings shall be (@)....... concrete of 
 
 _ dimensions shown. 
 
 (a) plain;— reinforced. 
 
 CONCRETE FOUNDATIONS 
 
 All foundation walls, up to within 6” of finished grade, and all other 
 unexposed masonry, unless otherwise indicated, shall be plain concrete of 
 dimensions shown on the drawings. 
 
 CONCRETE 
 
F 24 
 
 F 25 
 
 F 26 
 
 F27 
 
 F 28 
 
 F 29 
 
 F 30 
 
 39 
 
 CONCRETE AREA WALLS 
 
 Area walls, where shown on drawings, shall be of concrete of dimensions 
 shown. 
 
 CONCRETE LINTELS 
 Provide and set, in accordance with detail drawings, reinforced concrete 
 lintels over openings No. (a)......... 
 
 (a) number shown on drawings. 
 
 INTERIOR CEMENT FLOORS 
 
 Level up the earth under the (a)....... floor and cover with a 6” layer 
 of cinders well rammed. Then lay 3” of cinder concrete. On top of this 
 put a finishing coat fully 1” thick, composed of 1 part cement and 2 parts 
 sand, all of which shall be floated smooth. The cement shall be cut into 
 squares not greater than 6’x6’, or as shown on drawings. All joints shall 
 continue to bottom of concrete and be filled with sand. All work shall be 
 level except where required to pitch for draining. Where pipes under 
 floors run close to the surface, the work shall be reinforced with galvanized 
 wire cloth to prevent cracking. 
 
 (a) basement;— garage;— etc. 
 
 CEMENT BASES 
 Cement floors of (a)....... shall have a cement base 6’ high with 
 1-1/2” cove at floor. 
 
 (a) kitchen;— laundry;— etc. 
 
 EXTERIOR CEMENT FLOORS 
 
 The ta) , where so indicated, are to be paved with cement as 
 specified for interior floors, except that the cinder fill shall be 12” in depth. 
 They shall be marked off as indicated on drawings. 
 
 (a) porch floor;— terraces;— etc. 
 
 PROVISION FOR HEAT PIPES 
 
 Provide and set 4” terra cotta pipes in cement floors where shown on 
 drawings, to receive heat pipes. 
 
 CEMENT AREA FLOORS 
 
 Floors of all areas shall consist of 3’’ of cinder concrete, and a 1” finishing 
 coat composed of 1 part cement and 2 parts sand, pitched to drains. The 
 drains are provided under the heading ‘“ PLUMBING.” 
 
 CONCRETE 
 
2 
 
 40 
 
F 31 
 
 F 32 
 
 F 33 
 
 F 34 
 
 F35 
 
 F 36 
 
 4] 
 
 CEMENT SIDEWALK 
 
 The sidewalk from (a)....... OO Cy CRS ahall be. (6) iin ass in 
 width, as indicated on drawings. The construction shall be the same as 
 specified for interior cement floors except that the cinder fill shall be 12” 
 in depth. 
 
 (a) Porch;- etc. 
 
 (b) Street;— etc. 
 (c) 3’-6";- etc. 
 
 COLORED CEMENT PAVING 
 Cement (a)....... shall be colored to the approval of the Architect by 
 the addition of (b)....... 
 
 (a) porch floor;— terraces;— sidewalk,;— etc. 
 (b) raw iron oxide;— lampblack;- yellow ochre;— marble dust;— etc. 
 
 CONCRETE UNDER WOOD FLOORS 
 
 PioOre. 1 COs ek, shall be wood floors laid over concrete. The 
 concrete shall be the same as specified for interior cement floors except that 
 the finishing coat shall be omitted. The wood floor will be nailed to sleepers 
 set in the concrete. These wood floors and sleepers will be supplied and: 
 set as provided under the heading of “CARPENTRY.” 
 
 (a) Laundry;— basement;— etc. 
 
 PREPARATION FOR TILE FLOORS 
 
 Te URW, ee hale, the rough wood flooring will be provided and set by the 
 Carpenter. The contractor for concrete work shall then fill in with plain 
 concrete to a height to be determined by the Architect. 
 
 (a) Bathrooms No.—;- Vestibule;— etc. 
 
 CEMENT UNDER-HEARTHS 
 Lay under-hearths for fireplaces in (a)....... of reinforced concrete 
 as detailed. 
 
 (a) Dining room;— Living room;- etc. 
 
 CEMENT KITCHEN HEARTH 
 
 Lay cement hearth for kitchen range, of size shown on drawings. 
 The base shall be composed of cinder concrete; the finishing coat shall be 
 1” thick, of 1 part cement and 2 parts sand, floated smooth. 
 
 CONCRETE 
 
42 
 
F 37 
 
 F 38 
 
 F 39 
 
 F 40 
 
 F 41 
 
 F 42 
 
 43 
 
 CEMENT COPINGS 
 
 Provide cement copings for walls where shown, with wash and drip as 
 detailed. The concrete shall be a 1: 2: 4 mixture. 
 
 CEMENT SILLS 
 
 Provide cement sills for (a)....... , as detailed. The concrete shall be 
 a 1: 2:4 mixture. 
 
 (a) basement windows;— openings No. ... .;— ete. 
 
 CEMENT STEPS 
 
 Build cement steps to (a)....... where shown, of concrete reinforced 
 with heavy expanded metal. The foundation to steps shall be as shown on 
 drawings. 
 
 (a) Basement;— Rear porch;- etc. 
 
 CEMENT CESSPOOL TOP 
 
 Provide as top for cesspool a 5” concrete slab with 1/2” reinforcing rods, 
 spaced 6” on centers. Build in it a 2’ square manhole, to be fitted with a 
 
 removable (a)....... 
 (a) 3” flagstone cover;— cast-iron cover, provided under the heading “‘ PLU. MBING”’;- etc. 
 
 CEMENT CAPS 
 
 Provide chimney caps of cement as shown on drawings. The concrete 
 shall be a 1: 2: 4 mixture. 
 
 DRESSED CONCRETE 
 Exposed faces of all (a)....... shall be dressed with hammer or crandall 
 to the approval of the Architect. 
 
 (a) copings;— sills;— steps;— caps;— etc. 
 
 CONCRETE 
 
FACE BRICK 
 
 All exposed brick shall be (a) 
 Architect’s office. 
 
 (a) name of brand, grade, etc. 
 
 similar to the sample in the 
 
 . 
 
OF | 
 
 G2 
 
 G3 
 
 G4 
 
 G5 
 
 G6 
 
 G7 
 
 45 
 
 BRICK WORK 
 
 GENERAL 
 
 All work included under this heading shall be subject to the General 
 Conditions of the entire operation. The sub-contractor for this portion 
 of the work is required to refer especially thereto. 
 
 WORK INCLUDED 
 Under this contract is included (a)....... , and all other work wherever 
 indicated on drawings as being of brick. 
 
 (a) walls;— piers;— steps;— chimneys;— fireplaces;— paving;— etc. 
 
 LIME-CEMENT MORTAR 
 
 Mortar for brick masonry, unless otherwise specified, shall be composed 
 of 1 part cement and 3 parts lime mortar. Lime mortar shall be composed 
 of 1 part fresh burned lime and 3 parts sand. 
 
 CEMENT MORTAR 
 Mortar for (@)....')..:. shall be composed of 1 part cement and 3 parts 
 sand. 
 
 (a) pointing brickwork;— fireplaces;— hearths;— all brick masonry;- etc. 
 
 COLORING 
 
 Coloring matter shall be added to mortar as directed by the Architect. 
 
 GRIT OR PEBBLES 
 
 Grit or pebbles shall be added to mortar as directed by the Architect. 
 
 COMMON BRICK 
 
 All brick throughout the work, unless otherwise specified, shall be the 
 best hard burned common brick, approved by the Architect. Salmon 
 brick will not be permitted on the premises. 
 
 FACE BRICK 
 
 All exposed brick shall be best hard burned brick, sound and straight, 
 and must be approved by the Architect. 
 
46 
 
 BRICK VENEER 
 
 All walls indicated on drawings as brick veneered shall be constructed 
 of 4” of face brickwork, laid against frame walls sheathed and covered 
 with building paper. The brickwork shall be firmly secured to the sheath- 
 ing by approved galvanized iron anchors, built in every fourth course and 
 nailed to each stud. In hot and dry weather all bricks must be laid wet : 
 in freezing weather they must be kept warm and dry. All bricks must be 
 laid with solid joints. 
 
 ee ee a 
 
G9 
 
 G10 
 
 G12 
 
 G 13 
 
 G14 
 
 G15 
 
 47 
 
 ORNAMENTAL BRICK 
 
 All belt courses, cornices, arches, patterns, or other special brick features 
 are to be laid up according to the details furnished by the Architect. 
 
 MOULDED BRICK 
 
 Provide and set as detailed all moulded brick shown on drawings. 
 The color of these bricks must match the color of the remainder of the 
 brickwork. 
 
 WORKMANSHIP 
 
 In hot or dry weather all bricks must be laid wet, in freezing weather 
 they must be kept warm and dry. All bricks must be laid with solid joints, 
 the mortar being put on the bricks at the time of laying and not flushed 
 or grouted in. No empty spaces, no matter how small, shall be left in the 
 walls unless so shown on the plans or directed. Fill in with brick between 
 the ends of all beams, whether specially shown on the drawings or not. 
 
 SPECIAL BOND 
 
 All face work, unless otherwise specified or shown on drawings, shall be 
 laid up in (a)....... bond as directed. 
 
 (a) Flemish;— English;- evc. 
 
 COMMON BOND 
 
 All brickwork (a)....... shall be laid up in common bond, with every 
 fifth course composed of alternate headers and stretchers. The headers 
 are to be whole bricks. 
 
 (a) unless otherwise specified ;— for intervor partitions;- for garden walls;— etc. 
 
 POINTING 
 All face brickwork shall have the joints neatly (a)....... to the 
 approval of the Architect. 
 
 (a) struck;— tooled;— cut flush,;— etc. 
 
 SAMPLES OF BRICKWORK 
 
 The contractor shall lay up, to the approval of the Architect, a portion 
 of the face brick, showing bond, color and texture of mortar, and pointing. 
 
 BRICKWORK 
 
48 
 
 G 20 
 
 2 
 
 For cement under-hearths see under “CONCRE TE,” page 41. 
 
 FIREPLACE THROATS 
 
 Form brick throats to fireplaces according to detail drawings. 
 
G 16 
 
 G17 
 
 G 18 
 
 G 19 
 
 G 22 
 
 49 
 
 RELIEVING ARCHES 
 
 Brick relieving arches shall be turned over all openings in outside walls, 
 except where otherwise specified. Similar arches shall be turned over all 
 inside openings in masonry walls. The arches shall be as follows: 
 
 When the span is less than 3’, use 2 rings, 
 from 3’ to 4’, use 3 rings, 
 from 4’ to 5’, use 4 rings, 
 over 5’, build as directed. 
 
 MANHOLES 
 
 Build brick manhole with 9” walls where indicated on drawings. Set 
 cast iron cover provided under the heading “PLUMBING.” 
 
 COLD-AIR DUCT 
 Construct cold-air duct below the cellar floor where indicated on draw- 
 
 ings. The inside dimensions shall be 27) Sa The floor of duct shall 
 be of cement as specified for the basement floor. The sides shall be 
 Coa , and the top shall be covered with (c)....-.. Cs 
 
 (a) 12x24" ;- 20" x30" ;- etc. 
 
 (b) 4’ brick;— 6’’ concrete;— etc. 
 
 (c) 3” flagstone;— cast iron plate provided under the heading “‘PLUMBING’”’;- etc. 
 (d) laid 1” below basement floor and cemented over;— flush with basement floor. 
 
 TRIMMER ARCHES 
 
 Turn trimmer arches under all hearths unless otherwise noted. Fill 
 in same with concrete to under side of finished hearth. 
 
 THROATS AND DAMPERS 
 
 Set in fireplaces, according to drawings, dampers as provided under 
 the heading “IRON AND STEEL.” 
 
 FLUE CLEANOUT DOORS 
 
 Set cleanout doors for flues where indicated on drawings. These are 
 provided under the heading “TRON AND STEEL.” 
 
 ASH-PIT AND CLEANOUT DOORS 
 
 Build ash-pits in basement, as shown, with chute from fireplace in 
 (9 pcan ns Set iron frame and hinged cover in each hearth; also set 
 cast iron cleanout doors in basement for each ash-pit. These covers and 
 cleanout doors are provided under the heading “IRON AND STEEL.” 
 
 (a) Living Room;— Dining Room, etc. 
 
 BRICKWORK 
 
ero — mega = - 3 i ee ——5S > a es 
 
 & 
 
 oS 
 Yon) 
 
G 23 
 
 G 24 
 
 G25 
 
 G 26 
 
 G27 
 
 G 28 
 
 G 29 
 
 G 30 
 
 ol 
 
 INCINERATOR 
 
 Build in where shown on drawings a (a)....... incinerator with 
 flues and hoppers all according to detail drawings. This incinerator is 
 provided under the heading “HEATING.” 
 
 (a) name of brand, size, and type. 
 
 CHIMNEYS 
 
 Up to the under side of the roof, chimneys shall be built of common 
 brick laid in cement mortar, unless otherwise indicated. 
 
 FLUE LININGS 
 
 Provide and set for all flues, flue linings cf hard burned terra cotta, 
 without hubs, of sizes shown on drawings. Miterings shall be cut half on 
 each piece and joints brought together accurately. Special care must be 
 taken that all joints are smooth and free from projecting mortar on the 
 
 inside. 
 
 GROUTING AROUND FLUE LININGS 
 Grout carefully around all flue linings as the chimneys are being built. 
 
 CHIMNEY POTS 
 
 Chimneys shall have (a)....... terra cotta chimney pots of pattern 
 shown. 
 (a) dark red;— buff;— etc. 
 
 BRICK HEARTHS 
 
 Build hearth in (a)....... Or CB eo ae brick as shown on drawings. 
 (a) Kitchen;— Living Room,- etc. 
 (b) name of brand. 
 
 BRICK FIREPLACES 
 Build fireplace in (a)....... BS Rp brick as shown on drawings. 
 
 (a) Living Room;— Dining Room;- etc. 
 (b) name of brand. 
 
 FIRE BRICK 
 
 Build jambs and back of fireplace in (a)...... of approved fire brick 
 set in cement mortar as indicated on drawings. 
 
 (a) Living Room;— Dining Room,- etc. 
 BRICKWORK 
 
52 
 
 For cement floors to areas see under “CONCRETE,” page 39. 
 
 G35 BRICK PAVING 
 
 All brick paving, where indicated on drawings, shall be of (a)....... 
 brick laid in the pattern indicated. The outer courses shall be bedded in 
 Portland cement mortar. The balance shall have sand joints finished with 
 a Portland cement grout. The bed shall be composed of a 2” sand cushion 
 laid over 6” of cinder concrete. 
 
 (a) name of brand. 
 
G 31 
 
 G 32 
 
 G 33 
 
 G 34 
 
 53 
 
 KITCHEN CHIMNEY BREAST 
 
 Face the kitchen chimney breast with (a)....... brick. This brick- 
 work is to extend from floor to ceiling and shall have bull-nose brick at 
 corners. The cement mortar used shall be colored as directed. 
 
 (a) white;- cream-colored;— vitrified;— glazed;— enameled;- etc. 
 
 BRICK AREA WALLS 
 
 Area walls, where shown on drawings, shall be of brick of dimensions 
 shown. 
 
 BRICK AREA FACINGS 
 
 Face the inside walls of all areas with (a)....... brick, laid up with 
 narrow joints neatly pointed. 
 
 (a) white;— cream-colored;— vitrified;— glazed;— enameled;-— etc. 
 
 BRICK AREA FLOORS 
 
 Floors of areas shall be of paving brick laid in sand over a 10” bed of 
 well-packed cinders. 
 
 BRICK PAVING 
 
 All brick paving, where indicated on drawings, shall be of (a)....... 
 brick laid in cement mortar, in the pattern indicated. The bed shall be 
 composed of 4’’ of cinder concrete. 
 
 For exterior brick paving, this concrete bed shall be laid on 12” of thor- 
 oughly compacted cinders. Where brick paving is laid on filled ground, 
 the earth shall be thoroughly compacted by tamping to make the whole 
 perfectly solid. Samples of paving shall be laid for the Architect’s approval. 
 
 (a) name of brand. 
 
 BRICKWORK 
 
H1 
 
 H 2 
 
 H3 
 
 H4 
 
 H5 
 
 H6 
 
 HOLLOW TILE 
 
 WORK INCLUDED 
 Hollow tile shall be used for (a)....... and wherever else indicated on 
 drawings. 
 
 (a) exterior walls;— interior walls;— basement partitions;— floors;— piers;— furring;— etc. 
 
 HOLLOW TILE BLOCKS 
 
 All hollow tile blocks used throughout the building shall be (a)....... ; 
 of thickness shown on drawings. All hollow tile must be hard burned, 
 true, and regular in size. Cracked or broken blocks will not be permitted 
 in the building. 
 
 (a) name of brand for bearing walls and name of brand for partitions. 
 
 MORTAR 
 
 All mortar used for laying up the hollow tile blocks shall be composed 
 of 1 part cement to 3 parts clean, sharp sand. If preferred, lime paste may 
 be added, not to exceed 1/10 part. 
 
 SETTING 
 
 All blocks used in the exterior walls and bearing partitions must be 
 set with the holes or cores vertical. Care must be taken to see that in 
 exterior walls mortar is placed only at outer and inner edges of joints, 
 leaving a proper air space between. Special sized blocks must be used 
 where necessary to secure a good bond. 
 
 HOLLOW TILE FLOORS 
 
 All hollow tile floors shall be of (a)....... , constructed as indicated 
 on drawings and in strict accordance with the methods recommended by 
 the manufacturer for the best grade of work. 
 
 (a) name of type of construction. 
 
 JAMB-BLOCKS 
 
 Provide special jamb-blocks rabbeted to receive window boxes for all 
 double-hung windows. Fill well with mortar the space between the blocks 
 and frame, to within 1’’ of stop-bead. Then calk to stop-bead with roofer’s 
 cement or oakum, to prevent the passage of air or moisture. 
 
=) 
 Yon) 
 
H7 
 
 H8 
 
 H9 
 
 H10 
 
 Hil 
 
 H12 
 
 H13 
 
 SILL-BLOCKS 
 
 Provide special sill-blocks for all hollow tile sills. Set wood sills in a 
 ed OF 10) ee 
 
 (a) roofer’s cement;— mortar. 
 
 HOLLOW TILE LINTELS 
 
 Openings not exceeding 5’ in span, unless otherwise specified, shall 
 have lintels of stock tile reinforced with rods in lower cells, and filled solid 
 with concrete. Special arch lintel blocks may be used if preferred. 
 
 IRON LINTELS 
 
 Openings exceeding 5’ in span shall have lintels of structural iron pro- 
 vided under the heading ‘‘TRON AND STEEL.” 
 
 ARCH OPENINGS 
 All arch openings shall be spanned with rowlock arches of common 
 brick, as indicated on drawings. 
 
 COLUMNS AND PIERS 
 
 Columns and piers shall be of hollow tile of dimensions shown on draw- 
 ings, filled solid with concrete. 
 
 BEARING SLABS 
 Provide and set 1’ thick terra cotta bearing plates under all joists. 
 
 BEAM AND RAFTER COURSES 
 
 Special blocks shall be used where beams and rafters are framed into 
 exterior hollow tile walls, in order to avoid cutting tiles. 
 
 HOLLOW TILE 
 
- SE E = SLAP a ee a 7 - = " =! oe = 7 SS ae Se 
 
 58 
 
I 1 
 
 | a 
 
 I 3 
 
 I 4 
 
 59 
 
 TERRA COTTA 
 
 GENERAL 
 
 All work included under this heading shall be subject to the General 
 Conditions of the entire operation. The sub-contractor for this portion 
 of the work is required to refer especially thereto. 
 
 WORK INCLUDED 
 
 Under this contract is included the manufacture and setting of 
 ee and all other work wherever noted on drawings as being terra 
 
 (a) doorways;— cornices;— medallions;— balustrades;— etc. 
 
 SHOP DRAWINGS 
 
 Immediately upon receipt of drawings and details, the contractor for 
 terra cotta shall have prepared, at his own expense, shop drawings and 
 details of all portions of the work covered by his contract. These drawings 
 shall show all anchors and steel work necessary for the support of the 
 terra cotta and shall be submitted in duplicate as often as may be necessary 
 until approved by the Architect. The Architect’s approval of shop draw- 
 ings shall be an approval of the method of construction and design, but 
 shall not relieve this contractor from the responsibility for errors, dimen- 
 sions, etc. 
 
 Setting drawings shall be furnished prior to delivery of material at the 
 building. Each and every piece of terra cotta shall be marked for setting, 
 and diagrams with corresponding marks showing the location for each 
 piece in the building shall be furnished to the General Contractor and to 
 the Architect. 
 
 MODELS 
 
 This Contractor shall submit to the Architect for approval, models or 
 photographs of models of all ornamental work before proceeding to mould 
 the terra cotta. On completion of the work all models and moulds shall 
 
 be destroyed. 
 
60 
 
I 5 
 
 16 
 
 I 8 
 
 61 
 
 SAMPLES 
 
 This Contractor shall submit to the Architect for approval, samples 
 showing color and finish, and shall guarantee that the finished terra cotta 
 will correspond with the selected sample. All exposed surfaces shall be 
 
 Ch aA eI: 
 
 (a) cream white, unglazed;- buff, matt glazed;— polychrome, full or lustrous glaze; 
 to match granite;— etc. 
 
 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP 
 
 All ornamental work, mouldings, etc., shall be accurately formed 
 according to full-sized details or approved models. All mouldings shall 
 be sharp, regular and true to line. 
 
 All terra cotta is to be of homogeneous ciay, hard burned, of even 
 texture, and free from kiln cracks or other defects. Chambers shall not 
 exceed 6”; webs and shells shall not be less than 1-1/2” thick. The sur- 
 faces must not chip or peel off and must be absolutely weatherproof. At 
 the vertical joints the shell shall project sufficiently to allow for fitting and 
 trimming. Each piece of terra cotta shall be provided with anchor holes. 
 
 Extra pieces of terra cotta shall be held ready to replace those that are 
 imperfect in any way. 
 
 The backs of pieces where required shall be formed for receiving other 
 work. 
 
 JOINTS AND RAGGLES 
 
 All joints shall be as indicated on drawings. Where joints are not 
 practical as shown, or not indicated, the Contractor shall submit, for 
 approval, drawings correcting the same, before executing the work. No 
 mitered joints will be allowed. All exposed joints on weathered surfaces 
 shall be raised, unless otherwise required. Raised parts shall be stopped 
 at least 1” back from the face of the mould or sill. Joints shall be of a 
 uniform thickness of 3/16”. All horizontal and vertical joints shall be 
 absolutely straight and true. Where necessary, joints are to be ground on 
 a rubbing bed. 
 
 Where required to receive flashings, the terra cotta shall have a groove 
 
 or raggle. 
 
 BONDING 
 All projecting courses shall have a depth of bed at least equal to the 
 greatest projection, and in no case less than 4’, 
 
 TERRA COTTA 
 
62 
 
8 
 
 63 
 
 ANCHORING 
 
 This Contractor shall furnish a complete schedule of anchors, hangers, 
 rods, clamps, etc., which may be required to support or anchor the terra 
 cotta. This schedule shall specify clearly all sizes, shapes, materials and 
 methods of workmanship required. The Contractor for “IRON AND 
 STEEL” shall provide whatever is called for by this schedule. 
 
 TERRA COTTA 
 
64 
 
 N 
 we) 
 
 under “ PAINTING,” pages 181 and 183. 
 
 HKRECTING 
 
 This Contractor shall erect all iron and steel work unless otherwise 
 specified. He shall do all cutting and fitting of his work required for the 
 accommodation of the work of other trades, furnish all appliances, tools, 
 derricks, and scaffolds, and all other materials required to carry out this 
 contract in the most rapid and thorough manner. 
 
 For painting of iron and steel work to be set by other sub-contractors see 
 
J5 
 
 J6 
 
 J7 
 
 65 
 
 IRON AND STEEL 
 
 GENERAL 
 
 All work included under this heading shall be subject to the General 
 Conditions of the entire operation. The sub-contractor for this part is 
 required to refer especially thereto. 
 
 ERECTING 
 The iron and steel work herein specified or shown on drawings shall be 
 supplied by this Contractor. It will be set by other sub-contractors. 
 
 SHOP DRAWINGS 
 
 This Contractor shall prepare at his own expense shop drawings and 
 details of all the work covered by his contract. These drawings shall be 
 submitted in duplicate to the Architect for his approval. 
 
 PAINTING AT SHOP 
 
 All iron and steel shall be carefully and thoroughly cleaned at the shop 
 from dirt, rust, and scales, and given one coat of paint before shipment. 
 Paint shall be (a)....... 
 
 (a) name of brand. 
 
 PAINTING AFTER ERECTION 
 After erection an additional coat of paint of different color from that 
 used at the shop shall be applied by this Contractor. 
 
 BUILDER’S IRON 
 Provide all anchors, clips, ties, bolts, and all other usual and necessary 
 carpenter’s and mason’s building iron. 
 
 ANCHORING FOR TERRA COTTA 
 
 Provide all structural steel work shown on drawings for supporting 
 terra cotta. Any other anchors, hangers, rods, clamps, etc., which may be 
 required to support or anchor terra cotta are to be supplied under a separate 
 estimate in accordance with a schedule to be furnished by the Contractor 
 for terra cotta. 
 
66 
 
 J8 
 2 
 
 REINFORCEMENT FOR CONCRETE 
 
 Provide reinforcement for all reinforced concrete in accordance with 
 
 (a) name of reinforcing system;— detail drawings. 
 
 STRUCTURAL STEEL 
 
 Provide and set structural steel where shown, of size and shape indicated 
 on drawings. Steel shall be in accordance with the most recent “Standard 
 Specifications for Structural Steel for Building”’ by the American Society 
 for Testing Materials, and shall be framed and set according to standard 
 
 shop and field practice. All beams shall have bearings and bearing plates 
 of standard size. 
 
J 10 
 
 J il 
 
 J 13 
 
 J 14 
 
 J15 
 
 67 
 
 REINFORCEMENT FOR CONCRETE 
 
 Provide reinforcement for all reinforced concrete as shown on drawings. 
 Unless otherwise indicated, all rods shall be square twisted steel. 
 
 BOLTS FOR WALL PLATES 
 
 Provide 1/2’’x2’ bolts for all wall plates and sills, with nuts and washers: 
 complete. These are to be spaced not more than 5’ on centers. 
 
 JOIST HANGERS 
 
 Provide, (4) i050. joist hangers or stirrups for carpentry work as 
 required under the heading “CARPENTRY.” 
 
 (a) name of brand;— approved. 
 
 JOIST ANCHORS 
 
 Provide approved joist anchors for every fourth joist resting on masonry 
 walls. 
 
 LINTELS 
 Provide steel lintels for openings No. (a)....... of size marked on 
 drawings. These will be set by Mason. 
 
 (a) number shown on drawings. 
 
 LALLY COLUMNS 
 
 Provide Lally columns of sizes shown on drawings, with caps and bases. 
 complete, including all anchor-bolts, lag-screws, etc., which may be re- 
 quired. 
 
 BEAMS OVER CESSPOOL 
 
 Provide two 8” I-beams to support cover of cesspool. 
 
 DAMPERS 
 
 Provide (@)..;.... throat and damper for (0)....... fireplace; to be 
 set by Mason. 
 
 (a) name of brand, type and size. 
 (b) Living Room;— Dining Room;- etc. 
 
 IRON AND STEEL. 
 
SS a RR I 
 
J 16 
 
 J 17 
 
 J 18 
 
 J 19 
 
 J 20 
 
 J 21 
 
 69 
 
 CLEANOUTS 
 Provide 10’’x12” cast iron cleanout door and frame for (a)....... f 
 to be set by Mason. 
 
 (a) smoke flues;— ash-pits. 
 
 ASH-DUMPS 
 Provide cast iron ash-dump and frame, for fireplace hearth in (a)....... ‘ 
 to be set by Mason. 
 
 (a) Living Room;- Dining Room;- etc. 
 
 COAL-CHUTE 
 Providb® (@). 0.044 coal-chute where indicated; to be set by Mason. 
 
 (a) name of brand. 
 
 HINGED AREA GRATINGS 
 Construct area gratings where shown, of flat iron bars set on edge, as 
 follows: (0) i 236 The whole shall be hinged to a frame of 3’’x3” 
 angle irons anchored to masonry and provided with hasp and suitable 
 brass padlock. 
 (a) bars 1/4""x1", spaced 1-1/2" 0. ¢., frame 3/8"’x1";- bars 1/4"x1-1/4", spaced 
 1-1/4” 0. c., frame 1/2" X1-1/4"";- etc. 
 
 FIXED AREA GRATINGS 
 
 Construct area gratings where shown, of flat bars set on edge, as follows: 
 Ca Pec a The whole shall be supported on wall of area by (0)....... 
 
 (a) bars 1/4'’x1"’, spaced 1-1/2" o.c., frame 3/8”’x1";-— bars 1/4’’x1-1/4", spaced 
 1-1/4" 0.c., frame 1/2’ x1-1/4"";- ete. 
 
 (b) four 2’x1-1/2" angles, each 2’’ wide, rivetted to frame of grating;— 3’ extensions of 
 frame. 
 
 PIPE RAILING 
 
 Provide (a) coi galvanized iron pipe handrail with substantial 
 ip TOR CORO ie aa as shown. 
 
 (a) 1-1/2" ;- 2” ;- etc. 
 
 (b) wall brackets;— uprights. 
 
 (c) stairway area;- etc. 
 
 IRON AND STEEL 
 
70 
 
 J 22 ORNAMENTAL IRON 
 é This Contractor shall allow the sum of (a)....... 
 Ee a as shown on drawing. 
 
 (a) estimated cost. 
 (b) railing to front steps;- balcony;— brackets;— etc. 
 
 for ornamental wrought 
 
 a eer ae oe 
 
 ( 
 i 
 i 
 i 
 
J 23 
 
 ORNAMENTAL IRON 
 
 Provide ornamental wrought iron (a)....... as shown, of sizes indi- 
 cated on drawing. 
 
 (a) railing to front steps;— balcony;— brackets;—- etc. 
 
 CHIMNEY STRAP 
 Provide wrought iron strap for chimney in accordance with detail 
 drawing. 
 
 IRON AND STEEL 
 
ZINC WORK 
 
 All flashings, counter-flashings and all other sheet metal work, wherever 
 specified or where usual or necessary to make the work water-tight, shall 
 be No. 12 gauge zinc, unless otherwise specified. 
 
 COPPER WORK 
 
 All flashings, counter-flashings, and all other sheet metal work, wherever 
 specified or where usual or necessary to make the work water-tight, shall be 
 16-oz. hot-rolled copper, unless otherwise specified. 
 
 LEAD COUNTER-FLASHING 
 All counter-flashing shall be sheet lead, weighing 3 lbs. per square foot. 
 
Ki 
 
 K2 
 
 K3 
 
 K4 
 
 73 
 
 SHEET METAL AND ROOFING 
 
 GENERAL 
 
 All work included under this heading shall be subject to the General 
 Conditions of the entire operation. The sub-contractor for this portion 
 of the work is required to refer especially thereto. All work must be done 
 in the neatest and best manner, and left free from rubbish, clean and perfect 
 upon completion. 
 
 SHEET METAL INCLUDED 
 
 This Contractor shall provide and apply all sheet metal work, including 
 all flashings, all metal gussets, all gutters, rain conductors, devices for 
 hanging and connecting same, and all other sheet metal work as specified 
 or as required to complete the work. 
 
 ROOFING INCLUDED 
 
 This Contractor shall provide and apply all (a)....... roofs as specified 
 or shown on drawings or as may be necessary to make the work complete. 
 
 (a) slate;— tile;— patent shingle;— slag;— patent roofing ;— etc. 
 
 GUARANTEE 
 This Contractor shall guarantee all roofs and flashings to be water-tight 
 and perfect for a period of (a)....... years, and shall make good without 
 
 cost to the owner any damage caused by leakage during that period. 
 
 (a) two;— five;— ten. 
 
 TIN WORK 
 
 All flashings, counter-flashings, and all other sheet metal work, wherever 
 specified or where usual or necessary to make the work water-tight, shall be 
 ee tin unless otherwise specified. 
 
 In soldering tin work, rosin only is to be used as a flux. All tin shall be 
 painted on both sides before laying, with iron oxide, Venetian red, or metallic 
 brown, and pure linseed oil. 
 
 (a) I. X. thickness, 40 Ibs. coating, name of brand;- I. C. thickness, full weight, prime 
 
 plate;— etc. 
 
2 BEERS ge SS 
 
 Ss 
 
K6 
 
 K7 
 
 K8 
 
 K9 
 
 K 10 
 
 K ll 
 
 K 12 
 
 75 
 
 FLASHING 
 
 All chimneys and vertical masonry walls extending above roofs shall 
 have step flashing not less than 8” high, and counter-flashing extending 
 4” into walls. The lower edge of counter-flashing shall be kept 3’’ above 
 roof. 
 
 DOOR AND WINDOW FLASHING 
 The heads and jambs of all exterior doors and windows shall be flashed, 
 and a metal pan placed under (a)....... 
 
 (a) all sills;— sills of dormers;— door to balcony;- etc. 
 
 HALF-TIMBER FLASHING 
 The tops of all horizontal or sloping members in half-timber work shall 
 be flashed. 
 
 VALLEYS 
 
 All flashings for valleys shall extend not less than 7” on each side of 
 center line of valley. All metal roofing which joins a roof of another material 
 shall be carried under the latter for at least 8’’. All valleys or angles where 
 vertical surfaces meet the roof shall be flashed with flashing woven in 
 between the courses of the roofing. 
 
 GUSSETS 
 Gussets behind chimneys, and wherever else required, shall be covered 
 with the same material as specified for flashing. 
 
 LINED GUTTERS 
 
 Gutters formed by Carpenter shall be lined with the same material as 
 specified for flashing. The metal lining shall be laid on tar paper and shall 
 extend 10” under the roofing. All joints shall be securely formed and 
 soldered solid on both sides for the full width of the gutter. 
 
 PORCH FLOOR GUTTERS 
 
 All porches with closed parapets shall have gutters sunk at the edge of 
 the floor as shown. These shall be properly pitched to drain, and lined as 
 specified above. 
 
 SHEET METAL AND ROOFING 
 
76 
 
 For cast iron rain conductors see under ‘‘ PLUMBING,” page 201. 
 
 COPPER ROOFING 
 
 COVED TO) cee. with 16-oz. hot-rolled copper, laid with (b)....... 
 seams, secured by nailing through cleats locked in the seams every 8”. 
 All nails and rivets coming in contact with copper shall be copper and 
 of ample size. 
 
 (a) deck roof;— dormer windows;- bay windows;- porches;- etc. 
 
 (b) flat;— standing. 
 
 BARRETT SLAG ROOFING 
 
 Cover all roofs so indicated on drawings with Barrett roofing, type 
 OY tenn , laid in accordance with the most recent Barrett specifications 
 for use over (b)....... 
 
 (a) ALA’ ? iF Ag 
 
 (b) wood;— concrete. 
 
 SLAG ROOFING 
 
 Cover all roofs so indicated on drawings with a (a)....... ply roof of 
 14-lb. tarred felt and straight run American coal-tar pitch, using (b)...... Ibs. 
 of pitch and 400 lbs. gravel or 300 lbs. slag for each 100 sq. ft. of finished roof. 
 
 (a) 3;- 4;- 6. 
 
 (b) 68;- 90;- 119. 
 
K 13 
 
 K 14 
 
 K 15 
 
 SPOUTING 
 
 All gutters, rain conductors, and material for fastening and connecting 
 the same, shall be (a)....... to be approved by the Architect. 
 
 Large globe-shaped (b)....... wire baskets shall be provided for all 
 
 openings into rain conductors. 
 (a) best No. 26 gauge galvanized iron;- No. 24 gauge copper-bearing galvanized iron;— 16-02. 
 cold-rolled copper ;— “Horse Head” rolled zinc or equal;— Hoyt’s hard lead or equal;- eic. 
 
 (b) galvanized;— copper. 
 HANGING GUTTERS 
 
 All hanging gutters shall be supported on approved adjustable (a)....... 
 hangers, placed (b)....... 
 
 (a) malleable iron;— cast bronze;-- etc. 
 
 (b) 2’ 6” on centers;— 3’ on centers;— on every third rafter ;— etc. 
 RAIN CONDUCTORS 
 
 Provide and set rain conductors where shown. Conductors shall be 
 OAR aE ID properly secured. 
 
 All bends and connections shall be made without abrupt angles, with 
 goose-necks and elbows of ample size. 
 
 Conductors shall be properly connected to gutters and to (0)....... 
 
 (a) 2x3" plain;- 3x4" corrugated;— 3” round;— etc. 
 (b) turnouts of same material;— terra cotta drains;- cast iron shoes provided under the 
 heading “PLUMBING.” 
 
 CONDUCTOR HEADS AND STRAPS 
 Conductors shall have ornamental heads with capping, and straps, all 
 according to detail drawings. 
 
 TIN ROOFING 
 
 OVER (OF ee aa. with I. C. thickness (b)....... tin, each sheet stamped 
 with brand and thickness, laid with (c)....... seams, secured by nailing 
 through cleats locked in the seams. The cleats shall be spaced (d)....... 
 apart. All flat seams shall be locked together and well soaked with solder; 
 rosin only is to be used as a flux. At the edge of the roof the roofing shall 
 be turned under to form a drip of double thickness, and shall be securely 
 nailed on the face of the woodwork. 
 
 (a) deck roof;— dormer windows;— bay windows;- porches;— etc. 
 
 (b) 40 lbs. coating, name of brand;- 30 lbs. coating, name of brand. 
 
 (c) flat;— standing. 
 
 (d) 8”;- 12”. 
 
 SHEET METAL AND ROOFING 
 
78 
 
 For shingle roofs see under “CARPENTRY,” page 113. 
 
 TILE ROOFS 
 
 Cover all sloping roofs, unless otherwise specified or indicated, with 
 
 aia ne a tile, including approved starters, ridges, etc., as shown on 
 drawings, all to match in color and texture sample in Architect’s office. 
 All tile shall be secured with large-headed (b)....... nails. 
 
 (a) name of brand, finish, color and type. 
 (b) galvanized iron;- copper clad;— copper. 
 
 TILED VERTICAL SURFACES 
 
 Tile for vertical surfaces shall be plain shingle tile to match other 
 roofing tile in color and texture. 
 
 PATENT ROOFING 
 
 Cover all sloping roofs (a)....... , unless otherwise specified or indicated, 
 WI 10) i. sie ,» put on in strict accordance with the specifications of the 
 manufacturer. 
 
 (a) all sides of dormers;— vertical walls above roof ;— pent eaves;— etc. 
 (6) brand of patent roofing. 
 
K 18 
 
 K 19 
 
 K 20 
 
 K 21 
 
 79 
 
 TRAP-DOOR 
 
 Cover the sides and edges of the trap-door and curb where shown on 
 drawings with (a)....... 
 
 (a) I.C. thickness, 40 lbs. coating, name of brand, tin;- 16-0z. hot-rolled copper ;— patent 
 roofing as for roof ;— etc. 
 
 ROOFING PAPER 
 
 Under all tin roofs lay one thickness of tar paper weighing 14 lbs. per 
 100 sq. ft. This shall be put on horizontally and well lapped. It shall be 
 carried across all hips and shall lap over all valleys. 
 
 PAINTING 
 
 All tin roofs shall be given a coat of iron oxide, Venetian Red, or metallic 
 brown, and pure linseed oil. Paint before laying, apply another coat of 
 the same immediately after laying, and a final coat two weeks later. 
 
 ROOFING FELT 
 
 Under all (a)....... roofs lay one thickness of heavy tarred felt weigh- 
 ing 32 lbs. per 100 sq. ft. This shall be put on horizontally and well lapped. 
 This felt shall be carried across all hips, shall be doubled under all valleys 
 and lapped over them for 4’’, and under all flashings at least 6’. 
 
 (a) slate;— tile;— etc. 
 
 SLATE ROOFS 
 
 Cover all sloping roofs (a)....... unless otherwise specified or indicated, 
 WHR CO ao slate similar to approved samples, of the following dimen- 
 mons (OR oak Slate shall be laid with 3’’ head lap. Each slate shall 
 be secured with two large-headed (d)....... nails. 
 
 (a) sides of dormers;— vertical walls above roof;— pent eaves;— etc. 
 
 (b) name of brand and type. 
 
 (c) thickness, 3/16" ;- 1/4!';— 1/2! ;- 8/4" ;- graduated from 3/16" to 1'’;- etc 
 length, 18’’;- 20" ;— 22" ;- graduated from 14!" to 28"";— ete. 
 width, 6’’ ;- 10’ ;— random,- ete. 
 
 (d) galvanized iron;— copper clad;— copper ;— etc. 
 
 SHEET METAL AND ROOFING 
 
MITERED HIPS 
 
 All hips shall have slates cut to shape, and be laid close, with flashing 
 for each course. 
 
 MITERED RIDGES 
 
 All ridges shall be mitered, laid in roofer’s cement with proper flashing 
 beneath. 
 
K 24 
 
 K 25 
 
 K 26 
 
 K27 
 
 81 
 
 BOSTON HIPS 
 Boston hips shall be used throughout, unless otherwise specified. 
 
 CLOSED VALLEYS 
 
 Valleys shall be closed. The flashings shall be put on with each course 
 of slate, the courses being laid to carry through, even on surfaces of differ- 
 ent pitch. 
 
 SNOW GUARDS 
 Provide and set as directed (a)....... snow guards. 
 
 (a) name of brand and type. 
 
 EXTERIOR TILE FLOORING 
 
 Cover the floor of (a)....... wit (Oy ee ays layers of 14-lb. tarred 
 roofing felt and straight run American coal-tar pitch. Upon this spread a 
 layer of hot asphalt and lay (c)....... tile as shown on drawings. The 
 
 joints shall be grouted with a rich grout and the whole cleaned with burlap 
 on completion. 
 
 (a) Main porch;— Loggia;— Terrace;— etc. 
 
 (b) nn 5. 
 (c) 1x6" x9" “promenade”’ ;- etc. 
 
 CANVAS ROOFING 
 
 Cover the floor of (a)....... WIth (B) sco, roofing canvas. The can- 
 vas shall be laid in a heavy coat of wet white lead, stretched tight, lapped 
 1-14 and secured to the flooring by 1” flat-headed copper nails, not 
 more than 34” apart. The outside edges shall be carried over and nailed 
 to the facework, and the inside edges carried up 6’ behind GOP Sant 
 After laying, the canvas shall be wet thoroughly, and as soon as dry, painted 
 with one coat of white lead and linseed oil. Another coat of paint shall be 
 given on completion of the work, the color to be approved by the Architect. 
 
 (a) Porch;— Loggia;- etc. 
 (b) brand and quality. 
 (c) siding;— base board;— shingles;— etc. 
 SHEET METAL AND ROOFING 
 
82 
 K 28 SKYLIGHTS 
 2 Provide and set (a)....... skylights as shown on drawings. These shall 
 
 be complete in all respects according to the standard details of the manu- 
 facturer, and properly adapted to the construction of the building. 
 
 (a) number, size, name of brand and type. 
 
 ee 
 = Sn 
 
 i 
 i 
 
K 29 
 
 K 30 
 
 K 31 
 
 K 32 
 
 K 33 
 
 83 
 
 SKYLIGHTS 
 
 Build skylights where indicated, according to drawings. The sky- 
 lights shall be glazed with 1/4’ ribbed wire glass, and the woodwork covered 
 Widhh: (A ics and joined in a water-tight manner to the body of the 
 roof. 
 
 (a) 16-02. copper;—- I. X. tin, 40 lbs. coating;— etc. 
 
 SCUPPERS 
 
 Provide and set, where indicated on drawings, (a)....... scuppers, in 
 accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer, or as directed by 
 
 the Architect. 
 
 (a) name of brand, material, and size. 
 
 GALVANIZED LINING 
 
 Cover the inner face of the doors and the linings of (a)....... with 
 copper-bearing galvanized iron. The seams shall be securely locked 
 wherever possible. 
 
 (a) clothes-chute;— dumb-waiter shaft;— etc. 
 
 ZINC LINING 
 
 Cover the inner face of the doors, and the linings of (a)....... with 
 zinc, well soldered at the joints. 
 
 (a) larder-cupboards;— etc. 
 
 ZINC COVERINGS 
 
 COVED LA oa hh ME Ae eA with heavy sheet zinc, turned down 
 over the edges, and tacked to the under side of the woodwork with copper 
 escutcheon pins. 
 
 (a) drain boards;— dresser tops;— counter;— shelves;— splash boards over sink;- etc. 
 (b) Kitchen;— Pantry;- etc. 
 
 ASH-CHUTE AND CAN 
 
 Supply and set in the basement where designated, a heavy galvanized 
 iron ash-can with cover. Also supply and set a heavy galvanized iron pipe 
 of suitable size to carry ashes from the kitchen range to the ash-can. This 
 pipe shall be connected with the ash-pit in the range at one end, and at the 
 other pass through an opening in the cover of the ash-can. 
 
 SHEET METAL AND ROOFING 
 
84 
 
 le 
 
 METAL LATH 
 
 All interior walls and ceilings, unless otherwise specified, shall be lathed 
 Waiter Eb) yi metal lath weighing 3.4 lbs. per square yard, properly 
 stiffened, tightly stretched and secured with galvanized staples. The 
 ceiling lath shall be turned down on to the side walls for a distance of 4’. 
 
 (a) name of brand and type, painted or galvanized. 
 
 For patent wall board see under ‘CARPENTRY, UNFINISHED PARTI- 
 TIONS,” page 141. 
 
 ee 
 
Li 
 
 L2 
 
 L4 
 
 85 
 
 PLASTER WORK 
 
 GENERAL 
 
 All work included under this heading shall be subject to the General 
 Conditions of the entire operation. The sub-contractor for this portion 
 of the work is required to refer especially thereto. 
 
 The Contractor for this part of the work shall carefully examine all 
 ceilings, partitions, and furring, and if these are not perfectly plumb, level, 
 and solidly secured at all angles, he shall notify the Carpenter and have all 
 such defects remedied before the lathing is commenced. 
 
 He shall provide all necessary labor and material, including scaffolding, 
 etc.. he shall do all work in the neatest and best manner, and on comple- 
 tion shall remove all rubbish and leave the work clean and perfect. 
 
 After the work of all other mechanics is finished, he shall replaster all 
 damaged portions of his work. 
 
 SAMPLES 
 Samples of all finish, other than hard white finish, shall be made for the 
 Architect’s approval of color and texture, and remade until satisfactory. 
 
 WOOD LATH 
 
 Sound, seasoned spruce or hemlock lath, free from knots or bark, shall 
 be used throughout, except where otherwise specified. Lath shall be spaced 
 3/8” apart with joints broken at every eighth lath, and shall be well nailed 
 to every bearing. No vertical lathing will be permitted. No lath shall be 
 continuous through partitions. 
 
 INCIDENTAL METAL LATH 
 
 ee ea metal lath, weighing 3.5 lbs. per square yard, properly 
 stiffened, tightly stretched, and secured with galvanized staples, shall be 
 used to cover all ducts and chases, (b)....... and across all joints between 
 frame and masonry construction. The lath shall be carried 6’’ on each 
 side of the joint. 
 
 (a) name of brand and type;— painted or galvanized. 
 (b) all walls that are to be tiled;— for moulded plaster beams;— cornices;— etc. 
 
™ 
 >) 
 
 PATENT PLASTER 
 
 All plaster, except where otherwise specified, shall be (a)....... patent 
 plaster, applied in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s direction. 
 
 (a) name of brand. 
 
 . 
 
- 
 Dd 
 
 | 
 
 L7@ 
 
 L8 
 
 L9g 
 
 87 
 
 CORNER BEADS 
 RY Nin, galvanized corner beads shall be used for all external angles, 
 unless otherwise specified or indicated on drawings. 
 
 (a) name of brand;- an approved brand of. 
 
 LIME PLASTER UNDERCOATS 
 
 All plaster, except where otherwise specified, shall be made of well- 
 burned lime thoroughly slacked and properly cured and strained through a 
 1/4” mesh screen, clean sharp sand and best long hair. The hair shall be 
 well beaten, soaked and thoroughly mixed with the other ingredients just 
 before the plaster is used. 
 
 The proportions of the first coat shall be:—1/2 bushel of hair, 1 barrel 
 of lime, 2 barrels of sand. 
 
 The first coat shall be pressed on with sufficient force to secure a good 
 clinch, and scratched thoroughly. When it is well set the second coat 
 shall be applied. The proportions of the second coat shall be:—1 /2 bushel 
 of hair, 1 barrel of lime, 6 barrels of sand. 
 
 The second coat shall be put on to form a perfectly plumb and true 
 surface with sharp and square angles. 
 
 SMOOTH-FINISH COAT 
 
 The smooth-finish coat shall be composed of lime putty strained through 
 a screen of 100 meshes to the square inch, mixed with a small proportion of 
 white sand, and gauged with plaster of Paris. This coat shall be troweled 
 to an even, straight and burnished surface, free from all chips, cracks or 
 
 other defects. 
 
 SAND-FINISH COAT 
 
 The sand-finish coat shall contain a large proportion of clean sharp 
 sand sifted through a screen of 100 meshes to the square inch, and such 
 coloring matter as may be necessary to give the tint required by the 
 Architect. ‘This coat shall be floated with a cork float to an unbroken 
 surface of even color, free from all marks or discolorations. 
 
 KEENE’S CEMENT PLASTER 
 
 Keene’s cement shall be (a)....... A Ae Nk ( ) are to produce a 
 hard burnished surface, in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s 
 
 directions and specifications. 
 
 (a) name of brand. 
 (b) in three coats;— as a finish coat. 
 
 PLASTER WORK 
 
88 
 
 EXTERIOR FINISH COAT 
 
 The finish coat shall be of (a) 
 according to the manufacturer’s specifications and finished (b) 
 the approval of the Architect. 
 
 (a) name of brand. 
 
 (6) rough cast;- stippled;— Travertine finish ;— with crushed stone or clean pebbles dashed 
 against the mortar and pressed in with a wooden trowel;— etc. 
 
 Pu iiralg colored prepared stucco, applied 
 
 es an to 
 
 EXTERIOR FINISH COAT 
 
 The proportions of the finish coat shall be:-—1 Pary (a)... ...’. white 
 Portland cement, 2 parts sand. 
 
 Add just enough lime putty to make the mortar work easily and finish 
 yeaa to the approval of the Architect. 
 
 (a) name of brand;— an approved brand of. 
 (b) rough cast;— smooth;— etc. 
 
 i 
 1 
 } 
 u 
 } 
 | 
 1 
 
L 10 
 
 Li12 
 
 L 13 
 
 Lil4 
 
 L15 
 
 89 
 
 EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER 
 
 All exterior cement plaster shall be (a)....... coat work of the following 
 composition ;—1 part (b)....... Portland cement, 3 parts clean sharp sand 
 
 and 1 part lime putty. 
 The scratch coat shall be 14” thick, heavily cross scratched and allowed 
 
 to become thoroughly dry before the next coat is applied. The finish 
 coat shall not be applied within a week of the preceding one. 
 
 (a) 2;- 8. 
 (b) name of brand;- of an approved brand of. 
 
 EXTERIOR FINISH COAT 
 
 The finish coat shall have such coloring matter added as the Architect 
 may direct, and shall be finished (a)....... to the approval of the Archi- 
 tect. 
 
 (a) rough cast;— stipple;— Itaiian brush finish;— with crushed stone or clean pebbles dashed 
 against the mortar and pressed in with a wooden trowel;— etc. 
 
 THREE-COAT WORK 
 
 All interior walls and ceilings, including soffits of stairs, closets, etc., 
 unless otherwise specified or indicated on drawings, shall be lathed and 
 plastered with three coats of plaster. The finish shall be (a)....... 
 
 (a) smooth, hard, white finish throughout;- sand finish on walls and ceilings of first 
 floor ;— ete. 
 
 TWO-COAT WORK 
 The ceiling of basement shall be given two coats of plaster floated to a 
 smooth finish. 
 
 KEENE’S CEMENT WORK 
 Keene’s cement plaster shall be used for (a)....... 
 
 (a) walls of Bathroom No. — to a height of 4’ 6’’;— walls and ceilings of Bathrooms;- 
 Kitchen;- Pantry;— ete. 
 
 PREPARATION FOR TILE 
 
 Apply Portland cement mortar under the direction of the Contractor 
 for tile work, as preparation for tile walls in (a)....... 
 
 (a) Bathroom No. —;- Kitchen;— etc. 
 
 PLASTER WORK 
 
90 
 
L 16 
 
 L17 
 
 L 18 
 
 L19 
 
 L 20 
 
 91 
 
 EXTERIOR PLASTER WORK 
 
 All exterior walls (a)....... shall be plastered with two coats of cement 
 plaster. 
 
 (a) where indicated on drawings;- porch ceilings;- cove to entrance hood; soffit of pent 
 eaves;— etc. 
 
 ROUNDED CORNERS 
 All projecting angles (a)....... shall have corners rounded with 
 Co) Rpt radius as directed. 
 
 (a) of window jambs;— in hallways;— unless otherwise spectfied;— etc. 
 (b) 3/4" ;- 2” ;- etc. 
 CEILING COVE 
 
 The ceiling of (a)....... shall have a cove of 3” radius of heavily gauged 
 plaster. 
 
 (a) Bathroom No. —;- Kitchen;- etc. 
 
 CORNICE 
 The ceiling of (a)....... shall have a plaster cornice run according to 
 the detail drawings. 
 
 (a) Living Room;- Dining Room,- etc. 
 
 ORNAMENTAL CAST PLASTER 
 
 This Contractor shall allow the sum of (a)....... for cast plaster 
 CS where shown on drawings. This material shall be set by this 
 Contractor in a workmanlike manner, and be left in perfect condition. 
 
 (a) estimated cost. 
 (b) pilasters;— capitals;— brackets;— cartouches;— ceiling ornaments;— etc. 
 
 PLASTER WORK 
 
92 
 
 For metal lath provided by other contractors see under “PLASTER AND 
 STUCCO,” pages 84 and 88. 
 
M1 
 
 M2 
 
 M3 
 
 M4 
 
 M5 
 
 93 
 
 MARBLE AND TILE 
 
 GENERAL 
 
 All work included under this heading shall be subject to the General 
 Conditions of the entire operation. The sub-contractor for this portion 
 of the work is required to refer especially thereto. 
 
 Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be of first quality, and shall 
 be set in a first-class manner by skilled mechanics. A certificate of quality 
 and quantity from the manufacturer shall be furnished to the Architect. 
 All work shall be carefully cut and fitted around pipes and fittings, and on 
 completion shall be cleaned off, care being taken to protect all metal work. 
 All completed work must be adequately protected from injury, immediately 
 after setting. 
 
 MORTAR 
 
 The scratch coat for tile work shall be composed of 1 part Portland 
 cement, 4 parts bar sand, and 1/10 part lime paste. The setting coat shall 
 be 1 part Portland cement, 3 parts bar sand, and only enough lime paste 
 to permit using. The setting coat shall be dusted with cement according 
 to the custom of the trade. The color of joints shall be as selected by the 
 Architect. For white tile the joints shall be grouted with white Portland 
 
 cement. 
 
 METAL LATH 
 
 All walls that are to receive tile work shall be covered by this Contractor 
 with B-26 gauge metal lath, properly set at corners and at floor to insure 
 against cracks in the bedding cement. 
 
 MARBLE STEPS 
 
 Provide and set, where shown on drawings, steps ON Larrea i marble, 
 with 1-1/4” treads, 7/8’’ risers, and all details in accordance with drawings. 
 
 (a) name of brand, color, etc. 
 
 MARBLE FLOOR 
 Provide and set, where shown on drawings, floor Or (Gr weiss marble, 
 7/8" thick, of pattern indicated. 
 
 (a) name of brand, color, etc. 
 
— mes. > ek OE =_ 
 LSA EIS oe * 
 
 94 
 
M6 
 
 M7 
 
 M8 
 
 95 
 
 MARBLE WAINSCOT 
 
 Provide and set, where shown on drawings, wainscot Oe Re i, 
 marble, according to detail drawings. 
 
 (a) name of brand, thickness, color, etc. 
 
 TERRAZZO FLOOR 
 
 Cover the sub-floor of (a)....... with one thickness of tar paper, well 
 lapped. On this place a 2” bed of plain concrete, with (b)....... 
 dividers embedded in it in accurate accordance with the drawings, and with 
 top edges level with the finished floor. When the underbed has been 
 hardened sufficiently, spread the terrazzo aggregate 3/4’’ thick, composed 
 of 2 parts marble granule and 1 part Portland cement, all of color to be 
 approved by the Architect. Roll and trowel in the best manner and when 
 set rub the surface smooth, grout with cement to fill all holes, and surface 
 with a fine stone to a true and smooth finish. 
 
 (a) Sun porch;— Vestibule;— Kitchen;- etc. 
 
 (b) name of brand, zinc, brass. 
 
 TILE WORK 
 
 Provide and set tile as follows:— 
 
 1 nN 
 
 The patterns of tile work shall be as shown and directed. 
 
 (a) 
 
 LOCATION TYPE BRAND COLOR SIZE & SHAPE 
 Porch 
 
 floor, encauatic, © vee Ve bk red, 9’ quarry. 
 Vestibule 
 
 walls, JATEMEE is Tags ace gray, Si he 
 Vestibule 
 
 4’ 6" wainscot, glazed, = sever renee polychrome, 4" square. 
 Lavatory 
 
 floor, UNE) OTR Oa white, 1" hexagonal. 
 Kitchen 
 
 6” base, ENCHUSHIC, «see te einee buff, straight base. 
 
 Bathroom No. — 
 
 floor, DEE oe eR i iateld as detailed, 3/4" x3/4". 
 4! 6" wainscot, glazed, == ver rretee: as detailed, as detailed. 
 etc. etc. etc. etc. etc. 
 
 MARBLE AND TILE 
 
96 
 
 MARBLE SHOWER ENCLOSURE 
 incarnate ce = och hi Mh a amie > 
 
 Provide and set in (a)....... , where indicated on drawings, shower 
 enclosure of (b)....... white marble 7/8’ thick, running from the floor 
 | Sem The stiles shall be 1-1/4” thick, treads and risers 7 /8” thick, 
 rabbeted to receive lead pan specified under the heading “PLUMBING.” 
 This Contractor shall provide all usual and necessary nickel-plated hard- 
 ware. 
 
 (a) Bathroom No. —;- etc. 
 
 (b) name of brand, polished, etc. 
 
 (c) to ceiling;— 6’ 6" high;- etc. 
 
 STRUCTURAL GLASS SHOWER ENCLOSURE 
 a ted A end cet Ritch dad 
 
 Provide and set in (a)....... where indicated on drawings, shower 
 enclosure of (b)....... , In accordance with the specifications of the manu- 
 facturer. The enclosure shall run from the floor (c) 
 
 (a) Bathroom No. —;- etc. 
 
 (6) name of brand of structural glass. 
 
 (c) to ceiling;— 6’ 6" high;— etc. 
 
 eeeeerve 
 
 ee ee 
 
M9 
 
 M10 
 
 Mill 
 
 M 13 
 
 97 
 
 SPECIAL SHAPES 
 
 Wainscot in (a)....... shall have special shaped tile for caps and bases, 
 plinths, angles, etc., to be selected by the Architect. 
 (a) Bathroom No. —;— Vestibule;— etc. 
 
 MARBLE THRESHOLDS 
 
 Provide and set approved white marble threshold strip where indicated 
 on drawings. Thresholds shall be 7/8” thick with rubbed finish. 
 
 MARBLE SILLS 
 
 Provide and set, where indicated on drawings, approved white marble 
 window sills with finished edges and corners. Sills shall be 1-1/4’ thick 
 with polished finish. 
 
 METAL SHOWER FRAME 
 
 Build 1” channel frame partition for tile shower enclosure in (a)....... ; 
 as shown on drawings. This shall be securely bolted at corners, at floor, 
 and to partition walls, and shall be covered with B-26 gauge metal lath on 
 both sides of channels. 
 
 (a) Bathroom No. — 
 
 TILE SHOWER ENCLOSURE 
 
 Line shower enclosure in (a)....... with tile specified for the bath- 
 room walls, rising from the floor (0)....... , with risers, treads, and stiles 
 as indicated. 
 
 (a) Bathroom No. — 
 (b) to ceiling;— 6’ 6” high;- etc. 
 
 MARBLE AND TILE 
 
M 14 
 
 MARBLE SHOWER RECEPTOR 
 
 Provide and set in (a)....... , Shower-bath receptor of (b)....... white 
 marble 2” thick, sloped to center, and countersunk to receive drain. 
 
 (a) Bathroom No. —;- etc. 
 (b) name of brand. 
 
 PORCELAIN SHOWER RECEPTOR 
 
 Set porcelain shower-bath receptor in (a)....... provided under the 
 heading ‘‘ PLUMBING.” 
 
 (a) Bathroom No. —;- ete. 
 
 For brick hearths see under “BRICKWORK,” page 61. 
 
 For cement hearths see under “CONCRETE,” page 41. 
 
 Se ee 
 
M15 
 
 M 16 
 
 99. 
 
 TILE SHOWER RECEPTOR 
 Bupa my Gi oss tile receptor for shower-bath, of (b)....... tile. 
 
 (a) Bathroom No. —;- etc. 
 (b) 3/4" white hexagon, vitrified finish, etc. 
 
 SHOWER ENCLOSURE DOOR 
 Provide and set in (a)....... , where indicated on drawings, (b)......- 
 plate glass door with nickel frame, for shower-bath enclosure. 
 
 (a) Bathroom No. —;- etc. 
 (b) name of brand. 
 
 FIREPLACES 
 Provide and set fireplace hearths and facings according to detail draw- 
 ings, as follows:— 
 
 0) aR 
 
 (a) 
 LOCATION MATERIAL & BRAND COLOR SIZE & SHAPE FINISH 
 
 Living Room 
 
 outer hearth, Italian marble, Cr eS Me ir putty polish. 
 inner hearth, 1-1/4" soapstone, 
 
 facing, Italian marble, selected, as detailed, putty polish. 
 lining, iron backs and jambs, 
 
 mantel, Italian marble, selected, as detailed, putty polish. 
 
 Dining Room 
 
 Wile NORM, OCS A eds Co. _ selected, 3” x3" 
 faience tile, 
 
 Ga TOME Ne a AN 8 Co. _ selected, 8" x3" 
 plastic tile, 
 
 Sn ELISE aR DO) RN lo De SPE Co. _ selected, as detailed. 
 
 faience tile, 
 lining, provided under “‘ BRICKWORK.” 
 mantel, supplied by Carpenter. 
 etc. etc. etc. etc. etc. 
 
 MARBLE AND TILE. 
 
100 
 
M17 
 
 M 18 
 
 M 19 
 
 M 20 
 
 101 
 
 KITCHEN HEARTH 
 
 Provide and set hearth of (a)....... , for kitchen range. 
 
 (a) 9”x9" red quarry tile;- 1’ slate, rubbed finish;- etc. 
 
 EXTERIOR ORNAMENTAL TILE 
 
 Provide and set, where indicated on drawings, designs of frostproof 
 Cy SC tile, of color and shapes as shown on detail drawings. 
 
 (a) plastic;— faience. 
 
 SLATE PAVING 
 
 Provide and set, as indicated on drawings, paving for (a)....... of 
 CO) any slate, averaging from 1-1/4” to 1-3/4” in thickness, and of sizes 
 and shapes indicated. The slate shall be laid on a 3” bed of plain concrete 
 with cement joints. 
 
 (a) Main porch;— main entrance path;- etc. 
 (b) name of brand and color. 
 
 SLATE PATHS 
 
 Provide and set, as indicated on drawings, paths of (a)....... slate, 
 averaging from 1-1/4’ to 1-3/4” in thickness and of sizes and shapes indi- 
 cated. The slate shall be laid directly on earth with wide top soil joints. 
 
 (a) name of brand and color. 
 
102 
 
Ni 
 
 N2 
 
 N3 
 
 103 
 
 CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 
 
 GENERAL 
 
 All work included under this heading shall be subject to the General 
 Conditions of the entire operation. The sub-contractor of this portion 
 of the work is required to refer especially thereto. 
 
 The Carpenter shall furnish all rough or dressed lumber and all mill- 
 work. Unless otherwise specified he shall furnish and set all centers, 
 templates, bracing, etc., required for the masonry work. These centers 
 shall be well stiffened and strong enough to carry the weights they support 
 without deformation. They must be accurately formed to the required 
 shapes and must be left in place until ordered removed by the Architect. 
 
 He shall furnish Georgia Long-leaf Yellow Pine or other approved 
 lintels of proper depth and length, for all openings in every kind of masonry, 
 except-those spanned by arches having the full thickness of the wall, or by 
 steel or reinforced concrete lintels. 
 
 He shall provide all necessary wood blocks, nailing strips, plugs, door 
 and window bucks, etc., and see that they are built in as required by other 
 Contractors for their work, as the work progresses. 
 
 He shall cut and frame timbers and woodwork as required by the various 
 other trades for the completion of their work, and provide all lumber 
 required by them for scaffolding or for the protection of finished work 
 unless otherwise specified. 
 
 He shall furnish and erect temporary doors and sash with panels of 
 heavy muslin, glass or wood, to keep out the weather, and shall put the 
 building under lock and key as soon as possible. 
 
 MATERIALS 
 
 All materials required, herein specified or shown on drawings, shall be 
 the best of their respective kinds. All shall be thoroughly seasoned or 
 kiln-dried, and shall be thoroughly protected from the weather after leaving 
 the kiln. 
 
 ROUGH LUMBER 
 
 All framing timber and rough carpentry shall be of the best quality 
 Es Peat . unless otherwise specified, free from loose or large knots, large 
 shakes, excess sap, or other defects whereby its strength may be impaired. 
 
 (a) spruce;— hemlock;— North Carolina pine;— ete. 
 
a A a 7s - to ~ SO a 
 aS a . EI ~ 
 
 104 
 
SPECIAL TIMBERS 
 shall be of Georgia Long-leaf Yellow Pine, or other 
 approved timber. 
 
 (a) girders;— posts;— trusses;— sills;— ete. 
 
 LUMBER SIZES 
 The sizes and spacing of lumber, unless otherwise shown on drawings, 
 shall be in accordance with the following schedule :— 
 
 (a) MEMBER 
 Ee OM URBONTY 668 oe ks os ns eee 
 
 Plates on frame walls 
 
 Plates on masonry 
 
 Sige are yee ee /eltae) ete loud, Biel 6) 6 
 Owe Cele ale. © eee eye te |e) salle) 6sa | eite 
 Sa ee le, we lee. sea je ee were rie fe eke e | Oil le abate 
 
 Studs for bearing partitions 
 Studs for closet partitions........ 
 Studs for partitions containing 4” 
 
 BS Peal G) Pe ee ele) ele woe Dee Ole 0 16/8. mle 
 
 ROE CRP i Ea ed OR oa erate 
 
 Partition caps 
 Joists, first floor 
 Joists, second and third floors............. 
 
 PE ON No oa ie a 
 Pee PM ise ea ales carp ate aval el 
 
 Dormer rafters 
 
 Hips, valleys and ridges..............044. 
 
 ab) @ iets, B00, 6) eo 0) 6: Je ree Sei ear elo Wah Ole ei Te 
 
 Horses, front stairs 
 Horses, rear stairs 
 Landing joists 
 
 Oe Ole ae) see wher ola Sey ba) yey a ele \e! Sm 
 
 SIZE 
 
 4X 6” 
 P bite 4 4” 
 lhe gre 
 
 (2) 3” x10" 
 (3) BS sere 
 
 3" Pd 
 gl x 3" 
 Q"sx 6's 
 et Ne Ss Heb 
 Q"sy Bid 
 
 Q"~ 4" 
 git x Yi 
 3x12" 
 Sf x To 
 gs» gi 
 a"x12" 
 gi x gr! 
 yah gl 
 
 Q"sx git 
 ON" Bri 
 BT se ‘ant 
 
 al 5 
 git x A 
 
 | ube gt 
 3"x«19" 
 ‘iia tty 
 3" x 6” 
 
 CARPENTRY AND MILL WORK 
 
 SPACED ON 
 CENTERS 
 
 16” 
 Bide 
 16° 
 
 16” 
 16" 
 16" 
 16" 
 ey" 
 
 a4" 
 24" 
 24" 
 
 one to each rafter 
 
 four lines to a run 
 three lines to a run 
 
 16” 
 
106 
 
 N10 
 
 SOUND-PROOF PARTITIONS 
 
 Sound-proof partitions, where indicated on drawings, shall have 
 
 OY aa deadening felt and 7/8’’x2” furring strips nailed to one side of 
 the studs. 
 
 (a) name of brand. 
 
 JOIST HANGERS 
 
 All joists framing into girders shall be hung on (a)....... provided 
 under the heading “IRON AND STEEL.” 
 
 (a) name of brand of hangers or stirrups. 
 
 4 
 | 
 4 
 7 
 i 
 | 
 i 
 U 
 iy 
 
N6 
 
 NZ 
 
 N8 
 
 107 
 
 FRAMING 
 All members shall be accurately and substantially fitted together and the 
 whole structure shall be well braced at all points. 
 In no case shall any timber come within 2” of the face of any chimney. 
 Plates and sills shall be halved together at all corners and splices. 
 
 BOLTING PLATES AND SILLS 
 Plates and sills resting on masonry shall be secured with 1/2”x2’ 
 
 bolts with suitable washers and nuts, spaced not more than 5’ on centers. 
 Bolts are provided under the heading “IRON AND STEEL.” 
 
 STUD WALLS AND PARTITIONS 
 
 Studs in walls and partitions shall be doubled at all corners and open- 
 ings, and shall be bridged once in the middle of each story height. Bridg- 
 ing must set back 1/2’’ from the face of the studs to leave a key for the 
 plaster. 
 
 Wherever a partition comes directly over one in the story below, the 
 upper stud shall rest upon the cap of the lower partition and not upon 
 the joists. All other partitions shall rest upon sills. 
 
 All partitions shall have caps which shall be secured to outside walls. 
 When joints are necessary, the caps shall be halved together with splices 
 10” long which shall come directly over bearings. When cut for any cause, 
 they shall be strapped on both sides with iron straps to form a continuous 
 tie. 
 
 All partitions shall be trussed over openings 4’ or more in width. Truss 
 also wherever partitions are not supported by walls or partitions below. 
 
 SOUND-PROOF PARTITIONS 
 
 Sound-proof partitions, where indicated on drawings, shall be built of 
 double rows of 2’’x3’’ studs separated by (a)....... deadening felt. 
 
 (a) name of brand. 
 
 JOIST CLEATS 
 All joists framing into girders shall be carried on 2’’x3’ strips spiked to 
 the sides of the girders. 
 
 CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 
 
>. [SY ir See ee 
 eee os EN 
 
 SE LE IEE A LE a 
 
 - a “ - 
 
 = ten ae iS LO a 
 
 108 
 
Nil 
 
 N12 
 
 N 13 
 
 N 14 
 
 N15 
 
 N 16 
 
 N17 
 
 109 
 
 JOIST FRAMING 
 
 Joists shall be doubled around all openings, and under all partitions 
 that are not supported by partitions below. 
 
 Joists shall have double herring-bone bridging cut to fit and spiked with 
 two nails at each end of each piece. There shall be one row in the center 
 of all 6’ to 12’ spans, and an extra row for each extra 6’ of span or fraction 
 
 thereof. 
 Joists resting on masonry walls must have at least a 4” bearing. All 
 
 blocking up must be done with slate. 
 
 HANGERS FOR HEADERS 
 
 All headers 4’ in length or over, and all joists framing into such headers, 
 shall be hung on (a)....... hangers provided under the heading “TRON 
 
 AND STEEL.” 
 
 (a) name of brand;— approved. 
 
 FIRE CUTS 
 All joists built into masonry walls shall have the ends cut on a bevel. 
 
 ANCHORS 
 Where joists rest upon masonry walls, every fourth one shall be secured 
 by an approved anchor provided under the heading “ IRON AND STEEL.” 
 
 RAFTERS 
 
 Rafters shall be notched over wall plates and well spiked. They shall 
 be thoroughly braced to resist any horizontal movement. Rafters shall 
 
 be doubled at all openings. 
 
 COLLAR BEAMS 
 Where no ceiling joists are provided, there shall be one collar beam to 
 each rafter. 
 
 SHEATHING FOR WALLS 
 
 py CP oa shall be covered with 7/8’’x6’’ matched (b)....... 
 sheathing dressed on one side, put on diagonally, nailed to every bearing, 
 and breaking joints at every third board. 
 
 (a) frame walls;— brick veneered walls. 
 (b) North Carolina pine;— hemlock;— spruce;— etc. 
 
 CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 
 
110 
 
N 18 
 
 N19 
 
 N 20 
 
 N 21 
 
 N 22 
 
 N 23 
 
 N 24 
 
 N25 
 
 N 26 
 
 111 
 
 SHEATHING FOR ROOFS 
 
 PRES) GR shall be covered with 7/8’’x6’’ matched (6)....... 
 sheathing, dressed on one side, nailed to every bearing, and breaking joints 
 at every third board. 
 
 (a) roofs unless otherwise specified;— sides of dormers;— etc. 
 (b) North Carolina pine;— hemlock;— spruce;— etc. 
 
 SHEATHING FOR VALLEYS 
 
 Where so indicated, sheathing shall be blocked out to form closed 
 valleys rounded on a radius as shown on detail drawings. 
 
 SHEATHING FOR SLAG ROOFS 
 
 Sheathing under slag roofs shall be secret-nailed and carefully planed 
 to remove all projections. 
 
 GUSSETS 
 
 Build suitable gussets wherever shown or necessary for proper drainage. 
 
 STOP-GUTTERS 
 Form stop-gutters as shown on drawings, properly grading them to the 
 outlets. 
 
 TILE ROOF STRIPS 
 
 Provide and set a continuous strip of 7/8’ material for each row of 
 roofing tile, and standing boards of 2’’ material for all hips and ridges. 
 
 SHEATHING PAPER 
 
 All outside frame walls, including all overhangs, cheeks of dormers, etc., 
 shall be covered with (a)....... sheathing paper, well lapped, and turned 
 in at all openings. 
 
 (a) name of brand;— heavy resin-sized;— etc. 
 
 ROOFING PAPER 
 
 All sheathing on roofs shall be covered with (a)....... sheathing 
 paper, laid in horizontal strips lapped 2’ ‘ and well nailed. 
 
 (a) name of brand;— heavy resin-sized;— etc. 
 
 SHINGLE-LATH 
 
 All shingle roofs shall be covered with best 7/8” x2” (a)....... shingle- 
 laths, laid two to each course of shingles, with open joints. 
 
 (a) spruce;- North Carolina pine;— hemlock;— etc. 
 
 CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 
 
112 
 
 MITERED HIPS | 
 
 All hips shall have shingles cut to shape and be laid close with flashing 
 for each course. 
 
 COMBED RIDGES 
 
 All ridges shall be laid with top and combing courses on one side lapping 
 the top and combing courses on the opposite side. 
 
 CLOSED VALLEYS 
 
 Roofs shall have closed valleys with flashing under each course of 
 shingles. 
 
N27 
 
 N 28 
 
 N 33 
 
 113 
 
 EXTERIOR FURRING 
 
 Fur for all exterior plaster on frame walls with 7/8”x2” furring strips 
 16” on centers, nailed vertically over sheathing boards and paper. 
 
 SHINGLES 
 PR OR. ORES S unless otherwise indicated or specified, shall be covered 
 Wit COQ ee a oe shingles, free from sap and knots, of the following 
 
 dimensions :—(c)....... 
 Shingles shall be doubled (d)....... 
 (a) walls;— roofs;— sides of dormers;— pent eaves;— etc. 
 (b) name of brand and grade;— cypress;— cedar;- etc. 
 
 (c) LOCATION LENGTH WIDTH WEATHERING 
 Roof ey"’ 4" ;- rigid ald 
 Wall 20" random 10” 
 etc. etc. etc. 
 
 (d) at eaves;— every fifth course;— etc. 
 
 BOSTON HIPS 
 Boston hips shall be used throughout, unless otherwise specified. 
 
 RIDGE BOARDS 
 
 All ridges shall have 7/8” ridge boards, laid in long lengths and tightly 
 fitted. 
 
 OPEN VALLEYS 
 
 Roofs shall have open valleys, the shingles lapping the valley flashings 
 not less than 6” on each side. 
 
 SIDING 
 
 All exterior frame walls where indicated on drawings shall be covered 
 with best clear (a)....... The siding shall be laid with 1-1/2” lap, closely 
 butted at all joints and well nailed to every bearing with sixpenny nails 
 countersunk for puttying. Siding shall be (0)....... at corners. 
 
 (a) cypress beveled siding, with 7/8" butt;- 8” white pine clapboards, with 1/2’ butt;— etc, 
 (b) mitered;— shiplapped;- butted against 1-1/8’ x4" corner boards ;— etc. 
 
 SLEEPERS 
 
 Lay 2’’x3” sleepers 16” on centers, in all fireproof floors, to be covered 
 with finished flooring. Sleepers shall have fortypenny nails driven in both 
 edges at 12” intervals, or approved floor-clips to anchor them to the 
 concrete. They shall be laid and secured in place by the Carpenter before 
 the filling is placed. 
 
 CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 
 
114 
 
 N37 PREPARATION FOR COMPOSITION FLOORING 
 2 Prepare for composition floors, wherever indicated or specified, by laying 
 
 a wood floor of 7/8” x 6’’matched material, free from loose knots, laid with 
 rough side up and securely nailed. 
 
 A) = SP EI LN AN, AT IE I OI FEE TO IE I RKAT CBE PA AT ee 
 
N 34 
 
 N35 
 
 N 36 
 
 N 38 
 
 N 39 
 
 N 40 
 
 115 
 
 UNDER-FLOORING 
 
 Lay 7/8”x6” matched (a)....... under-flooring (b)....... Under- 
 flooring shall be surfaced on one side, laid diagonally and well nailed. All 
 joints shall be properly broken, shall come over bearings, and shall be 
 closely butted. 
 
 (a) North Carolina pine;— spruce;— hemlock;— etc. 
 (b) throughout first floor ;— etc. 
 
 LOFT FLOOR 
 Lay floor where indicated in loft, of 7/8’’x6’’ matched boards surfaced 
 on one side. 
 
 FLOOR FOR CANVAS DECK 
 
 Lay floor for canvas deck, of 13/16’’x2-1/2”’ matched (a)....... floor- 
 ing where indicated on drawings. Flooring shall be planed where necessary 
 to remove all projections. 
 
 (a) No. 3 North Carolina pine;-— etc. 
 
 PREPARATION FOR TILE FLOORS 
 
 Prepare for tile floors, wherever indicated or specified, by laying narrow 
 7/8” boards on cleats nailed to the sides of floor joists, so that the top of 
 these boards comes 3’’ below the top of the joists. Bevel the top of the 
 joists on both sides. 
 
 SOUND-PROOF FLOOR 
 
 Sound-proof floor, where indicated on drawings, shall be built with 
 ty amare an deadening felt and 7/8’’x2’’ sleepers between underflooring 
 and finished floor. 
 
 (a) name of brand and type;— approved. 
 
 INSULATING FLOOR 
 Lay 7/8’ boards on cleats between floor joists (a)....... to be filled 
 i Wien: (Ok. ory 
 
 (a) over porch;— under bay window,-— etc. 
 (b) mineral wool;— mortar, as provided under the heading ‘‘ MASONRY.” 
 
 FLOOR PAPER 
 
 After the plastering is completed, the underfloors shall be swept clean, 
 rapaired, leveled, and covered with a layer of approved building paper laid 
 close with butt joints and no lap. 
 
 CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 
 
N 46 
 2 
 
 SPECIAL FLOORING 
 Finished floors in (a)....... shall be (b) 
 
 (a) Living Room;- Entrance Hall;— first floor;— etc. 
 (b) 3/8" x1-1/2" tongue and grooved clear quartered white oak, in average lengths of 5’, 
 not more than 20 per cent to be under 4’ ;- etc. 
 
 COMPOSITION FLOORING 
 
 Floors {@). 2.5.2, shall be of (b)....... patent composition flooring 
 applied in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s directions, of color to 
 be approved by the Architect. 
 
 “see eee 
 
 (a) where shown on the drawings;— in Kitchen, Pantry, Bath Room No. —. 
 (b) name of brand. 
 
 FLOORS NOT INCLUDED 
 
 Finished floor (a)....... is. tobe (6) 4.600 S flooring furnished and 
 installed under a separate contract. 
 
 (a) where marked on drawings;- in Library;— in Ball Room;- in Bathroom No. —;- ete. 
 (b) parquetry;— cork;— composition;— etc. 
 
 NAILING STRIPS 
 
 Provide 3/8” x4” Yellow Pine nailing strips for securing furring to 
 masonry walls. Strips are tobe run horizontally and spaced 24’ on 
 centers. 
 
N42 
 
 N 43 
 
 N 44 
 
 N45 
 
 117 
 
 FINISHED FLOORING 
 
 All finished floors, unless otherwise specified, shall be (a)....... All 
 finished flooring shall be in long lengths with joints properly broken. It 
 shall be forced up tight and securely nailed. Where necessary to give 
 access to pipes, the flooring shall be screwed down in sections. 
 
 (a) 18/16" x2-1/2"', tongued and grooved, rift-sawed, No. 1 North Carolina pine;- etc. 
 
 BORDERS 
 
 Lay neatly mitered borders, as shown on drawings, of the same material 
 as the finished floor, around all fireplace hearths, (a)....... 
 
 (a) and around walls in Living Room, Dining Room, etc. 
 
 THRESHOLD STRIPS 
 Lay threshold strips (a)....... They shall be of the same material 
 as the adjacent floors and shall have their ends cut to the profile of the trim. 
 
 (a) where indicated on plan;— at all closets;- where there is @ change in the direction or 
 character of flooring ;— etc. 
 
 PLANING FLOORS 
 
 All finished floors, unless otherwise specified, shall be planed where 
 necessary to make them smooth and level. 
 
 SCRAPING FLOORS 
 
 All finished floors (a)....... shall be scraped around the edges before 
 the base boards are set, and planed, scraped, and sandpapered after all 
 other work is done, leaving them absolutely clean, level, and smooth for 
 the painter’s finish. 
 
 (a) in Living Room;- in Dining Room;- throughout;— etc. 
 
 METAL NAILING PLUGS 
 
 FLOwide (8) oe is is.0 metal wall-plugs for fastening woodwork to masonry 
 walls, and see that they are securely built in, in the proper places. 
 
 (a) name of brand. 
 
 CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 
 
io¢] 
 ret 
 re 
 
N 47 
 
 N 48 
 
 N 49 
 
 N 50 
 
 N 51 
 
 N 52 
 
 N 53 
 
 N 54 
 
 N 55 
 
 119 
 
 WALL FURRING 
 
 Fur the inner side of all masonry walls that are to receive finished 
 plaster work, with 7/8’’x2” furring strips spaced 16” on centers. 
 
 CHIMNEY FURRING 
 
 Fur around all chimneys where shown, with 2’’x3” studs set flat, not 
 more than 16” on centers. This furring must be kept 1” clear of the 
 masonry. No nails shall be driven into the masonry. 
 
 FURRED CEILINGS 
 
 Frame and fur ceilings where so indicated on drawings. 
 
 * CROSS FURRING 
 
 Cross fur the ceiling of (a)....... with 7/8’’x2” furring strips spaced 
 16” on centers. 
 
 (a) Living Room;- Dining Room;- etc. 
 
 FURRING FOR SPECIAL PLASTER WORK 
 
 Block and fur for all interior special plaster work, where so indicated 
 on drawings. 
 
 GROUNDS 
 
 Provide and set 7/8’’ grounds for plastering and for securing millwork. 
 Base boards shall have top and bottom grounds. 
 
 PIPE CLEATS AND COVERS 
 
 Provide and set planed boards for the attachment of exposed pipes, 
 and build cover boards for pipe chases, wherever directed. The covers 
 shall be fastened with screws to permit of easy access to the pipes. 
 
 COAL BINS 
 
 Build coal bins in basement where indicated, of 2’’x4’’ studs and 7/8” 
 boards, running to height of 5’. Openings shall be arranged with removable 
 
 slide boards. 
 
 COLD-AIR DUCTS 
 
 Construct cold-air duct where shown on drawings, of 7/8’’ matched and 
 planed boards. The duct shall cover the window opening and extend 
 along the ceiling to the furnace. The inside dimensions shall be (a)....... 
 The duct shall be furnished with a slide damper and a hinged door. 
 
 (a) 12x24" ;- 20" x30" ;- etc. 
 
 CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 
 
120 
 
N 56 
 
 N57 
 
 N 58 
 
 N 59 
 
 N 60 
 
 N 61 
 
 N 62 
 
 N 63 
 
 121 
 
 SCUTTLE 
 
 Build in the roof, where indicated, a scuttle having a 2” plank frame 
 and a substantial cover with drip. The cover shall be secured with hooks 
 and galvanized hinges having brass pins. 
 
 TRAP-DOOR 
 Build a hatchway to loft where indicated, with trap-door and frame. 
 The door shall be secured with galvanized iron hinges and hooks. 
 
 LADDER 
 Build, where indicated on drawings, a substantial ladder with treads 
 housed into the strings. 
 
 FOLDING STAIRWAY 
 
 Provide and build in where indicated, in accordance with the directions 
 of the manufacturer, a (a)....... folding stairway suspended from the 
 ceiling. 
 
 (a) name of brand, type, and number. 
 
 CELLAR WAY 
 
 Provide steps for the outside entrance to basement, having 2’’x10” 
 treads and horses and no risers. Also furnish batten doors of 7/8’’x2’’ 
 matched and V-jointed boards, with swing bar on the under side. The 
 doors shall be hinged to 3’’x10” frame bolted to the walls. All material 
 shall be Georgia Long-leaf Yellow Pine or other approved lumber. 
 
 BAFFLE-BOARDS 
 
 Provide 1-1/8’’ Georgia Long-leaf Yellow Pine or other approved baffle- 
 boards as shown on detail drawings, for septic tank. These will be installed 
 by the Contractor for “CONCRETE.” 
 
 DUMB-WAITER 
 
 Build dumb-waiter shaft as shown, with (a)....... doors, and line on 
 the inside with 7/8’’x2’’ matched and planed boards which shall be var- 
 nished before being put in place. Install in the shaft a dumb-waiter with 
 complete equipment. The dumb-waiter shall be (0)....... 
 
 (a) hinged;— counter-balanced. 
 (b) name of brand, number, size, etc. 
 
 CLOTHES-CHUTE 
 Build clothes-chute with hinged doors as shown, and line with 7/8’’x 
 2-1/2” matched and planed boards. 
 
 CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 
 
122 
 
 For lining the clothes-chute with zinc see under “SHEET METAL AND 
 ROOFING,” page 83. 
 
N 64 
 
 N65 
 
 N 66 
 
 N67 
 
 N 68 
 
 N69 
 
 N70 
 
 123 
 
 VARNISHED LINING 
 The lining of the clothes-chute shall be varnished before being put in 
 place. 
 
 SLIDING DOOR POCKETS 
 
 Line all sliding door pockets with 7/8’’x2-1/2’’ matched and planed 
 boards, painted with two coats of varnish before being put in place. 
 
 EXTERIOR WOODWORK 
 
 Window and door frames, and all other exterior woodwork, unless other- 
 wise specified, shall be of the best quality, clear (a)....... free from knots, 
 sap, or other defects. It shall be sandpapered smooth and left clean and 
 perfect upon completion, ready for the painter’s finish. 
 
 (a) white pine;— cypress;— etc. 
 
 PRIMING 
 
 All door and window frames shall be primed with one coat of white lead 
 and oil before leaving the shop. This includes painting the backs and edges 
 of the woodwork. Pulley stiles shall be oiled. All other exterior woodwork 
 that is to receive paint shall be primed as soon as possible after being 
 
 erected. 
 
 DETAILS 
 Unless particularly specified to the contrary, all exterior and interior 
 millwork shall be (a)....... 
 
 (a) in strict accordance with detail drawings;— approved stock material. 
 
 BARGEBOARDS 
 Bargeboards shall be of (a)....... thick, and of width shown on draw- 
 
 ings. 
 (a) cypress, 1-3/4"';- oak, 2-1/4";- etc. 
 
 SHOW-RAFTERS 
 Show-rafters shall be planed and have ends cut to pattern, as follows :— 
 
 (a) Main eave oak a at 24" on centers 
 Front porch cypress So Ma 24" on centers 
 Dormers white pine ib 20" on centers 
 
 etc. etc. etc. etc. 
 
 CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 
 
aS ee : an A ee 
 
 124 
 
N71 
 
 N72 
 
 N 73 
 
 N74 
 
 N75 
 
 N 76 
 
 N77 
 
 125 
 
 OUTLOOKERS AND BRACKETS 
 
 All outlookers and brackets shall be (a)....... cut according to detail 
 out of solid timber. 
 
 (a) 6” oak;- 4” cypress;— etc. 
 
 HALF-TIMBER 
 
 All material for half-timber work shall be of (a)....... thick, of widths 
 shown on drawings, rabbeted at the edges to receive plaster. Half-timber 
 work shall be mitered and rabbeted at corners according to detail. 
 
 (a) cypress 7/8";- oak 1-3/8" ;— etc. 
 
 SURFACE OF TIMBER 
 
 All half-timber work, brackets, bargeboards, etc., shall be (a)...... f 
 to show tool markings to the approval of the Architect. 
 
 (a) adze dressed;— hand planed; etc. 
 
 PEGS 
 Pegs, where shown, shall be of oak, roughly formed according to detail. 
 
 DOOR AND WINDOW TRIM 
 Exterior door and window trim shall be 1-1/8” thick, and of width as 
 detailed. 
 
 LOUVRES 
 
 Form ventilation openings where shown, consisting of 1-1/8’’ wood slats 
 in 1-8/4” frames, with inside door 1-1/8’ thick hinged at bottom, all in 
 accordance with details. Cover the inside with 1/4’ mesh galvanized iron 
 screen. 
 
 STEPS 
 
 Build wooden steps to (a)....... as shown on drawings. Horses shall 
 be 2x10’, treads 1-1/8” (b)....... with rounded nosings, and risers 7/8’ 
 Co) EN 
 
 (a) Side porch;— Kitchen porch;- etc. 
 (b) Georgia Long-leaf Yellow Pine;- etc. 
 (c) cypress;— white pine;— etc. 
 
 CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 
 
126 
 
N78 
 
 N79 
 
 N 80 
 
 N 81 
 
 127 
 
 OPEN RAILINGS 
 
 Open railings shall be built where shown on drawings, of design indicated, 
 as follows :— 
 
 NRE So aes 
 
 Balusters shall be mortised into top rail and notched over bevel of bottom 
 rail. All shall be well braced and stayed. 
 
 (a) LOCATION TOP RAIL BOTTOM RAIL BALUSTERS POSTS 
 Front porch 8" 4" Ss ia > ha 1-3/4" rate #5 
 built-up moulded turned solid turned 
 moulded 
 Kitchen porch F hion h og" 1-1/8" 4" x4" 
 rounded beveled square built-up square 
 Balcony etc. etc. etc. etc. 
 
 LATTICE 
 
 Build lattice where shown on drawings, of design indicated. The 
 lattice shall be formed of (a)....... pieces, the frame shall be (b)....... 
 
 (a) 1/4!"x1-1/8";- etc. 
 (b) 7/8" x4" ;- ete. 
 
 TRELLIS 
 
 Build trellis where shown on drawings, of design indicated. The trellis 
 shall be formed of (a)....... 
 
 (a) 7/8""x2” slats and 2" x3" uprights;— etc. 
 
 PORCH WOODWORK 
 Build exterior columns, posts, beams, etc., where shown, according to 
 detail, as follows:— 
 
 (a) LOCATION SIZE TYPE MATERIAL FACES MOULDINGS 
 
 Front porch;- 
 pillars if” x18": Oued ep, 1-1/8" fluted, 
 white pine, 
 1-1/8" moulded and _ ceiling - mould 
 white pine, paneled soffits, inside; cornice 
 outside. 
 
 moulded bases 
 and caps. 
 
 entablature 12'’x20" built up, 
 
 Side porch; 
 posts 8" x8" solid, oak, plain, solid bracket. 
 beams 8"'10" |: eokd, oak, plain, ceiling-mould. 
 
 Kitchen porch; 
 
 posts 6" xe" built up, 1-1/8’ cypress, plain, moulded cap, 
 
 plain base. 
 beams ee. id cased, 7/8" cypress _ plain, ceiling-mould. 
 etc. etc. etc. etc. etc. etc. 
 
 CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 
 
128 
 
 For plaster ceilings and soffits see under “PLASTER AND STUCCO,” 
 
 j 
 
N 82 
 
 N 83 
 
 N 84 
 
 N 8&5 
 
 N 86 
 
 N 87 
 
 N8&8& 
 
 N89 
 
 N90 
 
 129 
 
 PORCH POSTS 
 
 All solid posts 8’’x8” or larger, shall have 2” holes bored throughout 
 the entire length. 
 
 COLUMNS 
 
 Porch columns shall be staved up and lock jointed (a)....... 
 
 (a) name of brand, type and number. 
 
 PILASTERS 
 Pilasters shall be similar to columns in make and pattern. 
 
 CEILING OR SOFFITS 
 CO cect st shall be of 7/8’’ tongue and grooved (b)....... 
 
 (a) Porch ceilings;— soffit of eaves;— soffit of hood;— etc. 
 (b) V-jointed cypress;— beaded North Carolina pine;— etc. 
 
 BED MOULDS 
 All ceilings and soffits shall have bed-moulds according to details. 
 
 EXTERIOR CORNICE 
 Build cornice to (a)....... as indicated, according to details. 
 
 (a) main roof;- dormers;— front porch;— etc. 
 
 HOOD 
 Build hood over (a)....... as indicated, according to details. 
 
 (a) front entrance;— etc. 
 
 SEATS 
 Build exterior seats where shown on drawings, of (a)....... according 
 to details. The back shall be (b)....... The ends shall be (c)....... 
 
 (a) oak;— cypress;— etc. 
 (b) 7/8” matched and V-jointed boards with top strip;- 1-3/4" square balusters with top 
 and bottom rail;— 7/8" x2” slats, 4’ on centers, with top and bottom rail;— etc. 
 
 (c) 1-3/4" material;— shaped arms on square legs;— etc. 
 
 ANCHOR IRONS 
 
 All exterior frames in masonry walls shall be anchored with at least 
 four iron anchors. Frames over 6’ high shall have six anchors. 
 
 CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 
 
130 
 
 For metal cellar windows see under ‘‘ METAL CASEMENTS,” page 171. 
 
N 91 
 
 N92 
 
 N 93 
 
 N 94 
 
 HINGED CELLAR WINDOWS 
 
 Hinged cellar windows shall have (a)....... heads and jambs, and 
 tC REENS a sills of Georgia Long-leaf Yellow Pine or other approved 
 material, rabbeted for sash and screens according to detail drawings. The 
 sash shall be 1-3/8” clear white pine. The screens shall be 1-3/8” clear 
 white pine fitted with 1/2’’ mesh galvanized iron screen. 
 
 (a) 9;— 2-1/2". 
 
 (b) 9-1/2";- 8". 
 
 DOUBLE-HUNG WINDOWS 
 
 Double-hung windows shall have pulley stiles and parting strips of 
 Georgia Long-leaf Yellow Pine or other approved material. All other 
 parts of the frame shall be of the best quality clear (a)....... All sash 
 shall be of the best quality clear white pine. Frames and sash shall be 
 built accurately according to detail drawings, of the following size members :— 
 
 a eae 
 
 (a) white pine;— etc. 
 
 (b) Sills, 2" -— 2-1/2!" ;- 8". 
 Pulley stiles, 7/8" ;- 1-1/8" ;- 1-3/8". 
 Yoke, 7/8" 1-1/8". 
 Outside casing, 7/8" ;- 1-1/8". 
 Inside casing, 7/8", 
 
 Parting strip, L/P" 
 
 Back lining, ja": 
 
 Sash in Basement, 1-3/8". 
 
 Sash above Basement, 1-3/8";- 1-3/4". 
 
 Staff mould, Lg om Be 
 BOX HEADS 
 
 Double-hung windows, where indicated on drawings, shall have box 
 heads lined with 7/8’’ matched and planed boards, painted with two coats 
 of paint before being put in place. 
 
 DOUBLE-HUNG WINDOW HARDWARE 
 
 All double-hung sash shall be hung with weights of proper size and 
 weight and (a)....... cord. Pulleys shall be (b)....... with 2’”” wheel for 
 sash 2’ 6” or less in width, and 2-1/2” wheel for sash over 2’ 6” in width. 
 A sample pulley shall be given to the mill-man for fitting to the frame, but. 
 the pulleys are not to be put in until the sash are hung. 
 
 (a) name of brand. 
 (b) name of brand and type;— of approved pattern. 
 
 CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 
 
132 
 
 For metal casements see under ‘METAL CASEMENTS,” page 171. 
 
 { 
 i 
 i 
 4 
 
N95 
 
 N 96 
 
 N97 
 
 N98 
 
 N99 
 
 N 100 
 
 133 
 
 CASEMENT WINDOWS 
 
 Casement windows shall have (a)....... heads and jambs and 
 ay Silane sills of Georgia Long-leaf Yellow Pine or other approved 
 material, rabbeted for sash and screens according to detail drawings. The 
 staff mould shall be (c)........ Sash shall be (d)....... clear white pine 
 according to detail drawings. 
 
 (a) 2! ;- 2-1/2" ;- etc. 
 
 (b) 2-1/2";- 3". 
 
 (c) 2x2" ;- cut on solid. 
 (d) 1-3/8";- 1-8/4". 
 
 TRANSOMS 
 Opening (a)....... shall have (b)....... clear white pine sash (c)....... 
 Witte fe ey. transom bar, according to detail drawings. 
 
 (a) No. of opening;— above front door;- etc. 
 (b) 1-3/8" ;-— 1-3/4". 
 
 (c) hinged at bottom;— pivoted;— fixed;— etc. 
 (d) 2’ ;- 2-1/2" ;- etc. 
 
 MULLIONS 
 Opening No. (a)....... shall have mullions of (6)....... material 
 rabbeted to receive sash, according to detail drawings. 
 
 (a) No. of opening. 
 (b) 2!;— 2-1/2";— 3"; etc. 
 
 FIXED SASH 
 Fixed sash shall be (a)....... clear white pine according to detail 
 drawings. 
 
 (a) 1-3/8";- 1-3/4". 
 
 SHOW-SILLS 
 All windows, where shown on drawings, shall have show-sills according 
 to detail drawings. 
 
 WEATHER STRIPPING 
 All exterior doors and windows (a)....... shall be fitted with (b)....... 
 weather strip, and be guaranteed absolutely weather-tight. 
 
 (a) on 1st story;— throughout;- etc. 
 (b) name of brand. 
 
 CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 
 
134 
 
 N 107 DOOR AND WINDOW SCREENS 
 2 
 
 All window and door screens will be provided and installed under a 
 separate contract. 
 
N 101 
 
 N 102 
 
 N 103 
 
 N 104 
 
 N 105 
 
 N 106 
 
 N 107 
 1 
 
 135 
 
 METAL RUBBING STRIPS 
 
 Provide and set metal rubbing strips for the sills of exterior doors and 
 French casements. 
 
 STORM SASH 
 
 Provide storm sash, where indicated, of 1-3/8’’ clear white pine as shown 
 on drawings. 
 
 SHUTTERS OR BLINDS 
 
 Where shown on drawings, windows shall have 1-3/8” outside shutters 
 or blinds of design indicated according to detail drawings. 
 
 PORCH FRAMES 
 
 Provide and set wood frames of 2” material for exterior openings, 
 where indicated on drawings. These frames shall be rabbeted for sash 
 and screens. 
 
 PORCH SASH 
 
 Provide and set porch sash for all openings where indicated on draw- 
 ings. Sash shall have stiles, rails, and muntins, according to drawings, 
 all of clear white pine. 
 
 PORCH SCREENS 
 
 Provide and set porch screens for all openings, where indicated on draw- 
 ings. Screens shall have frames of (a)....... clear white pine and be 
 fitted with 16-mesh bronze insect wire. 
 
 (a) 1-1/8";- 1-8/8". 
 
 DOOR AND WINDOW SCREENS 
 
 All windows and exterior doors shall be fitted with 16-mesh bronze 
 wire screens set in (a@)....... frames. All screens shall have (b)....... 
 runs. 
 
 (a) 1-1/8" wood;— name of brand. 
 (b) wood;— approved metal;— name of brand. 
 
 CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 
 
PO LITE IIS Pe OA Pe, RS IANO, 
 
 13@ 
 
N 108 
 
 N 109 
 
 N 110 
 
 DOOR FRAMES 
 
 Exterior door frames shall be (a) 
 Pine or other approved material, rabbeted for doors and screens. 
 
 staff mould shall be (6)....... 
 
 Interior door frames shall be of (c) 
 cent trim, with stop-bead (d) 
 
 (a) 1-8/4!'~ Q" 9-1/9"; 3’. 
 (b) 2’’x2";— cut on solid. 
 
 (c) 7/8";— 1-1/8". 
 
 (d) worked on;— nailed on. 
 
 DOORS 
 Doors shall be of the following thickness, material, and construction :— 
 
 Re ane 
 
 All doors, unless otherwise specified, shall match the adjacent trim. 
 All paneled doors shall have mouldings cut on the solid. 
 
 (a) 
 
 LOCATION 
 
 Front door 
 
 Exterior doors 
 
 French casement 
 doors 
 
 Sliding doors 
 
 Dumb-waiter and 
 clothes-chute doors 
 
 Troning-board 
 closet door 
 
 Plumbing dom 
 Door No.— 
 
 Passage doors 
 
 Closet doors 
 
 etc. 
 
 STOCK DOORS 
 
 All doors (a) 
 
 (a) throughout;— above first floor;— except doors No. —. 
 
 ei ee, ete 
 
 SIZE 
 3’ x6" 10” 
 
 gl 10” x6’ tor 
 
 (2) 2’x6’ 10" 
 (2) 3’x6' gl 
 
 2’x3' 
 
 x’ 0” 
 18" x24" 
 g 8"x6' gir 
 gl 8" x6! gl 
 gt 6" x«6' gs’ 
 
 etc. 
 
 (b) name of brand;— approved. 
 
 shall be (0) 
 
 THICKNESS 
 
 2-1/2" 
 gu 
 
 1-3/4" 
 1-3/4" 
 
 1-1/8" 
 1-1/8" 
 
 1-1/8" 
 
 gl 
 
 1-3/8" 
 
 1-3/8!" 
 
 etc. 
 
 MATERIAL 
 
 quartered oak, 
 white pine, 
 
 white pine, 
 
 mahogany 
 veneer, 
 
 N.C. pine, 
 
 N.C. pine, 
 white pine, 
 
 quartered oak 
 veneer, 
 
 birch veneer, 
 
 cypress, 
 
 etc. 
 
 wis (aoa stock doors. 
 
 137 
 
 of Georgia Long-leaf Yellow 
 
 The 
 
 material to match the adja- 
 
 TYPE 
 
 glazed, solid, 
 raised panels. 
 
 solid, raised 
 panels. 
 
 glazed, solid. 
 
 built up, raised 
 panels. 
 
 flat panels. 
 
 flat panels. 
 raised panel. 
 
 circular head, 
 carved panels. 
 
 built up, 
 6-panel. 
 
 solid, 5-panel. 
 
 etc. 
 
 CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 
 
SESS rea PLL LES SERPS ERIN NLS is ICT AF KAD OE NCP EI: — FRE ROO - fe ania 
 
 138 
 
N 111 
 
 N 112 
 
 N 113 
 
 N 114 
 
 N 115 
 
 N 116 
 
 N 117 
 
 N 118 
 
 139 
 
 GLAZED DOORS 
 
 All glass in interior doors shall be secured by loose mouldings unless 
 otherwise detailed. 
 
 SLIDING DOORS 
 Sliding doors shall have 3/8” rubbing strips on both sides. 
 
 MIRROR DOORS 
 
 Door No. (6)... 6%: shall have mouldings for full-length mirror on one 
 side. 
 
 (a) number shown on drawings. 
 
 SLAT DOORS 
 
 Provide doors with 1/2” slats for the full height of the door opening, 
 for doorways No. (a)....... 
 
 (a) number shown on drawings 
 
 ICE DOOR AND FRAME 
 
 The opening in the wall by the refrigerator shall have a 1-3/8’’ paneled 
 door, with frame of 1-3/8’’ head and jambs, and 2” sill, all according to 
 drawings. 
 
 FIREPROOF DOORS 
 
 Fireproof doors, where shown on drawings, shall be built up of two 
 thicknesses of 7/8’’ matched boards covered with tin, in accordance with 
 the regulations of the National Board of Fire Underwriters. 
 
 GARAGE DOORS 
 
 Garage doors shall be batten doors, built up of 7/8’’ V-jointed matched 
 boards secured with (a)....... battens, as shown on detail drawings. 
 
 (a) 1-3/8" rabbeted;— 7/8" ;- ete. 
 
 INTERIOR PAINTED WOODWORK 
 
 All interior painted woodwork, trim, doors, shelving, etc., unless other- 
 wise specified, shall be (a)....... free from knots, sap, or other defects. 
 
 (a) white pine;— poplar;— etc. 
 CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 
 
° ee ee as eaiged 
 
 140 
 
N 119 
 
 N 120 
 
 N 121 
 
 N122 
 
 N 123 
 
 N 124 
 
 N 125 
 
 141 
 
 INTERIOR STAINED WOODWORK 
 Interior stained woodwork shall be as follows:- 
 
 LP NS 
 (a) LOCATION MATERIAL 
 Inbrary qua~tered oak 
 Billiard Room chestnut 
 Kitchen North Carolina pine 
 Dining Room white pine, birch sub-base and stool 
 elsewhere cypress 
 
 etc. etc. 
 
 WOOD CARVING 
 
 All carved ornament, where indicated, is to be done by an approved 
 wood carver from models furnished by nim for the Architect’s approval. 
 
 SPECIAL CARVING 
 
 “Special Carving”’ is not included in this contract, but where it is so 
 marked on drawings, this Contractor shall furnish the material shaped in 
 the rough and deliver it to the Carver. The Carver shall return it to the 
 building when finished, and this Contractor shall build it in place. 
 
 SETTING 
 
 No interior woodwork shall be set until finished coat of plaster is thor- 
 oughly dry. 
 
 UNFINISHED PARTITIONS 
 
 Where partitions or closets are shown in unfinished parts of the house, 
 they shall be sheathed on walls and ceilings with (a)....... and finished 
 with a quarter-round moulding at floor and ceiling. 
 
 (a) brand of patent wall board;- 7/8"' matched and planed boards;- etc. 
 
 VENTILATION 
 
 Provide and set (a)....... cast iron registers in the (b)....... ceiling, 
 where shown on plan. The registers shall be operated by chain pulls. 
 
 (a) two 12x15" ;- ete. 
 (b) third floor;— etc. 
 
 CUT-OUT BOX 
 
 The cut-out boxes for electric system, wherever indicated, shall have 
 paneled doors and trim corresponding to the trim of the adjacent windows. 
 This shall be made and installed by the Carpenter to the approval of the 
 Electrical Contractor. 
 
 CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 
 
142 
 
 For pantry sinks and drain boards covered with sheet metal see under 
 “PLUMBING, SCHEDULE OF FIXTURES,” page 211. 
 
N 126 
 
 N127 
 
 N 128 
 
 N 129 
 
 N 130 
 
 N 131 
 
 143 
 
 KITCHEN DRAIN BOARDS 
 
 Provide and set grooved straight-grained ash drain board, 1-3/4’ thick, 
 as indicated on drawings, for kitchen sink. It shall be supported by 
 approved metal brackets. No woodwork shall touch the sink. 
 
 PANTRY DRAIN BOARDS 
 
 Provide and set drain board for pantry sink of 1-3/8” ash. This shall 
 continue as a frame around pantry sink and shall have apron and moulding, 
 all as shown on drawings. 
 
 COUNTER-SHELF AND LARDER-CUPBOARD 
 
 Build counter-shelf, where shown on drawings, of 1-1/8’’ material accord- 
 ing to details, to be covered with (a)....... provided by another Con- 
 tractor. The counter-shelf shall be 3’ 0” in height, fitted underneath with 
 cupboards having paneled doors. 
 
 (a) zinc;— plate glass;— etc. 
 
 LARDER-CUPBOARD LININGS 
 
 Larder-cupboards shall be lined with zine provided under the heading 
 “SHEET METAL AND ROOFING.” ; 
 
 DRESSERS 
 
 Build dressers according to details, where shown in (@)....... 
 Dressers shall have cupboards in the upper part, finished with a moulding, 
 and a counter-shelf fitted with cupboards and drawers below. The upper 
 cupboards shall be carried to (b)....... The counter-shelf shall be 1-1/8’ 
 Ong The rest of the material shall match the surrounding wood- 
 
 work. 
 Drawers shall have fronts dove-tailed, and sides and bottoms rabbeted 
 
 together. 
 
 Cupboards shall have no backs, but the space between counter-shelf 
 and upper cupboards shall have a back of 2-1/2’’ matched and V-jointed 
 boards 7/8’ thick. 
 
 (a) Kitchen;- Pantry;— Servants’ Hall;— ete. 
 
 (b) ceiling;— a height of 7’ and continued to ceiling with lath and plaster ;- etc. 
 
 (c) ash;— white pine;— etc. 
 
 HANGING CUPBOARDS 
 
 The upper cupboards in (a)....... shall be hung from the joists above, 
 with iron hangers provided by this Contractor, and shall have no wooden 
 brackets. 
 
 (a) Kitchen;— Pantry;— ete. 
 
 CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 
 
DS te NI EES OCI TE PED PEALE HOOD 
 
 144 
 
N 132 
 
 N 133 
 
 N 134 
 
 N135 
 
 N 136 
 
 N 137 
 
 N 138 
 
 145 
 
 CUPBOARD FITTINGS 
 
 The cupboards shall be fitted as follows:— 
 
 DO 
 
 (a) LOCATION SHELVES DOORS DRAWERS 
 Pantry, upper (4) 7/8" movable (4) 1-1/8" glazed, sliding —......... es 
 Pantry, lower (1) 1-1/8" fixed (4) 1-1/8" paneled, hinged (3) 
 
 Kitchen, upper (5) 7/8" fixed Ch) FB Gia, Wena oe arte 
 Kitchen, lower (2) 1-1/8" fixed (4) 7/8" paneled, hinged (2) hardwood slides 
 larder cupboard (2) 7/8" fixed (8): 7/8" penaled, RINGO” |). ROE. se 
 etc. etc. etc. etc. 
 
 BREAD BOARD 
 
 oe a 0) ae dresser a 1-1/8’ sliding bread board under counter- 
 shelf. 
 (a) Kitchen;- Pantry. 
 
 SERVING WINDOW 
 
 Build where shown, according to detail, a serving window between 
 kitchen and pantry; the opening shall be 20” wide by 24” high; the door 
 shall be 1-1/8” thick, (a)....... and counterbalanced. Build 1-1/8” 
 Sy Gietie a ea ane! One)... 6s 3 side. 
 
 (a) paneled;— glazed. 
 
 (b) hinged drop;— fixed. 
 
 (c) Kitchen;— each. 
 SERVING TABLE 
 
 Build serving table (a)....... and 3’ 0” high, against wall where 
 shown on drawings. The table shall have top hinged to drop, and sup- 
 port hinged at wall to swing out. 
 
 (a) 2’ 6" x2’ 0” ;- ete. 
 
 TABLE-LEAF CLOSET 
 Build, where shown, a cupboard of suitable size with paneled doors, for 
 Dining Room table-leaves. 
 
 BOTTLE RACKS 
 Build bottle rack in wine closet according to details. 
 
 LINEN CLOSET 
 
 Build linen closets where shown, according to details. Linen closets 
 shall have 1-1/8” shelves, approximately 10’ apart, running to a height of 
 7’ from floor. 
 
 CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 
 
146 
 
 N 141 
 2 
 
 MEDICINE CABINET 
 
 Provide and set flush with the wall in (a) 
 | Mie medicine cabinet complete. 
 
 (a) Bathroom No. —;- all bathrooms. 
 (b) name of brand;— type and size. 
 
 where indicated, 
 
 Se ae aa 
 
N 139 
 
 N 140 
 
 N 142 
 
 N 143 
 
 147 
 
 LINEN CLOSET DRAWERS 
 
 Provide (aysiu... drawers below the shelves. Drawers shall have 
 fronts dove-tailed and sides and bottoms rabbeted together and shall run 
 7 ) aa slides. 
 
 (a) (8) 12” ;— (4) 16" ;- etc. 
 (b) hardwood;- brand of patent slides. 
 
 SHELF DOORS 
 
 The shelves in linen closet shall have paneled doors 1-1/8” thick, the 
 Cay tans upper ones hinged at the side and the (0)....... lower ones 
 hinged at the bottom. 
 
 (a) 3;- 4;- ee. 
 (b) 3;— 2;— ete. 
 
 MEDICINE CABINET 
 
 Build medicine cabinet flush with the wall in (a)....... where indi- 
 cated. The cabinet shall be (b)....... and 4”’ deep, with back and sides, 
 and three movable glass shelves, all according to details. The door shall 
 have a plate glass mirror on the outside. Mirror and shelves are provided 
 under the heading “GLAZING.” 
 
 (a) Bathroom No. —;- all bathrooms. 
 (b) 1’ 6x2’ 0" ;- etc. 
 
 WARDROBE 
 
 Build wardrobe according to details, in (a)....... , of wood to match 
 adjacent trim. Wardrobe shall be of size indicated on plan, with (6)....... 
 doors opening the full width of the wardrobe. The fittings shall be as 
 detailed, consisting of (c)....... 
 
 (a) Room No. —. 
 
 (b) sliding;— paneled;— hinged;— mirror ;— etc. 
 (c) shoe rack at bottom, 4 drawers on patent slides, 2 shelves at top;— etc. 
 
 CEDAR-LINED CLOSET 
 
 The walls, floor, ceiling, and inner face of door of cedar closet, where 
 indicated on drawings, shall be lined with 3/8” Aromatic Red Cedar lining, 
 matched on sides and ends. Lining shall be secret nailed directly to studs 
 and rough flooring, over a layer of tar paper, with cedar quarter-rounds at 
 angles. 
 
 CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 
 
Co TT 
 
 148 
 
149 
 
 N 144 CLOSET FITTINGS AND SHELVING 
 
 All shelving shall be as directed, but the arrangement given herein is 
 approximately correct. Shelves shall be 7/8” thick, smoothed on all sides, 
 and supported on wall cleats. They shall run on one, two or three sides 
 of the closet as indicated or directed. Hook strips shall be 7/8’’x5’’ with 
 beveled edges. Hooks shall be placed approximately 8’’ on centers. 
 
 Hanger rods shall be (a)....... supported on (b)....... flanges. 
 
 Closet fittings shall be as follows: 
 
 Cy RCE a 
 
 (a) 1/2” galvanized iron pipe;— 3/4’ nickel plated brass rods;— 1-1/4’’ hardwood;- etc. 
 
 (b) metal;— brass;— nickel-plated;— wood. 
 
 NUMBER WIDTH OTHER 
 CF ea eerey OF SHELVES OF SHELF FITTINGS 
 Basement :— 
 Store Room ...e....+-- 8 a 
 Milk Room § 2’ oO” 
 First floor :— 
 Laundry closet........ 5 12” 
 Larder, over counter. . . § if” 
 Kitchen, over sink..... 2 re 
 Kitchen closet........ 1 12" Hook strip 
 Pantry, over refrigerator 2 12” 
 Fe ye SAD 1 19" Hook strip 
 Coal Booms... si ee | 12" Hook strip 
 Second floor :— 
 Bathroom No. —, closet. , 10” Hook strip 
 Holl cleat... soe. 5 12" 
 Broom closet......... 2 10” Hook strip 
 all bedroom closets... 2 19" Hook strip, hanger 
 rod and shoe rack 
 Third floor:— 
 Room No. —, closet... 2 12” Hook strip, hanger 
 rod and shoe rack 
 Maid’s bedroom....... 2 i) al Hook strip 
 Bathroom No.—...... ne is Hook strip 
 PEGE OM oe Gs 4 13” 
 
 CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 
 
150 
 
N 145 
 
 N 146 
 
 N 147 
 
 N 148 
 
 N 149 
 
 151 
 
 DOOR AND WINDOW TRIM 
 
 All doors and windows, unless otherwise specifically noted, shall have 
 wood trim made in strict accordance with the full size details. All archi- 
 traves shall be mitered at corners. Trim shall be as follows:— 
 
 ARCHI- WINDOW WINDOW 
 (a) LOCATION TRAVE PLINTHS STOOLS CAPS APRONS 
 ers dt Mt 
 Living Room 7/8" xo", 1-1/8" 7/8!" 
 Inbrary 2-piece plinths ees sin ded 
 Bedroom No.—} moulded, avidetejo Bsa th 
 Dining Room = 7/8" X4-1/2", «2... 7/8" caps above trim around 
 plain, round rounded, trim entire open- 
 edges, ing. 
 elsewhere e/a Eo ae Tar eB rl Fae os aes 7/8" 2-1/2" 
 plain, beveled, beveled. 
 
 STOP-BEADS 
 
 Stop-beads shall be 1/2”, screwed to windows with screws and washers 
 provided under the heading “HARDWARE.” 
 
 RADIATOR RECESSES 
 At all radiator recesses, window trim shall be carried to the floor. 
 
 PLASTER JAMBS , 
 Windows (a)....... shall have plaster heads and jambs. 
 
 (a) in Living Room;- in Dining Room;— No. —;- ete. 
 
 OPENINGS WITHOUT DOORS 
 
 All openings without doors, unless otherwise noted, shall have wood 
 jambs and architraves to match adjacent door and window trim. 
 
 CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 
 
N 150 
 
 N 151 
 
 N 152 
 
 N 153 
 
 155 
 
 PANELED REVEALS 
 
 All wood reveals over 10’’ wide shall be paneled as shown. 
 
 BASE BOARD 
 
 Provide and set in all rooms, halls, closets, etc.,"(a)....... base boards 
 of material to correspond with adjoining trim. Base boards shall be as 
 
 follows :— 
 
 +) Retieenaue 
 The sub-base shall be nailed to the floor and never to the base board. 
 
 (a) except in Bathroom No. —;— Kitchen;- etc. 
 
 (b) LOCATION THICKNESS HEIGHT CAP SUB-BASE 
 Dining Room 
 Library 7/8" moulded, 10” 1-1/2" moulded, 1-1/2’ moulded, 
 Bedroom No. — 
 elsewhere 7/8" plain, Sd 1/4 round, 1/4 round. 
 PICTURE MOULDING 
 Provide and set securely a picture moulding in (a)....... at the height 
 directed. The moulding shall be (0)....... of wood to correspond with 
 
 trim. 
 
 (a) all Bedrooms;- all rooms except Kitchen, Bathrooms, Closets;— etc. 
 (b) 7/8” x2" as detailed;— 1-1/2" stock pattern;— etc. 
 
 CHAIR RAIL 
 Provide and set a chair rail in (a)....... This shall be (6)....... ‘ 
 set at height directed. 
 
 (a) Kitchen;— Dining Room;- etc. 
 g 
 (b) 3”x7/8" plain white pine;- 4/"x7/8" birch, moulded with cap as detailed;— etc. 
 
 CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 
 
f 
 } 
 
 154 
 
N 154 
 
 N 155 
 
 N 156 
 
 N 157 
 
 155 
 
 SHOW-BEAMS AND SHAFTS 
 
 Provide and set special woodwork of material to match trim, in accord- 
 ance with full size details, as follows:— 
 
 LP) BREN 
 (a) MEMBER SIZE TYPE FACES MOULDINGS 
 Beams. 
 Inbrary; 
 main beam a” x10", built up, paneled, 7/8" xa" 
 secondary beams F il «+ vid built up, plain, a ae ee 
 wall beams 4°10", built up, plain, 7/8" xa" 
 Billiard Room; 
 beams 6" x8", solid, plain, 7/8" x1-1/4" 
 wall beams 4" x6", solid, plain, 7/8" X1-1/4" 
 ingle beams ero": solid, carved, 7/8" x1-1/4"" 
 Opening No. —; 
 entablature as detailed, paneled soffit, as detailed 
 
 Pilasters, etc. 
 
 Dining Room; 
 
 pilasters Rie", built up, paneled, cap 
 Billiard Room; 
 pilasters sue, solid, plain, 
 posts ee ul solid, plain, 
 Opening No. —; 
 pilasters, 2x10", built up, fluted, caps and bases 
 columns, 10” round, built up, fluted, caps and bases 
 
 COLUMNS AND PILASTERS 
 
 Columns and pilasters shall be staved up and lock jointed with base, 
 shaft, and capital, all in accordance with detail drawings. 
 
 BRACKETS 
 Provide and set brackets of material to match trim, and of design as 
 detailed, under ends of (a)....... These shall be (b)....... SH (Oe ys Sa 
 (a) main Library beams;— beams for openings No. —;- etc. 
 
 (b) solid;— built up. 
 (c) carved by an approved Carver;— carved under separate contract ;— moulded as detailed ;— 
 
 etc. 
 
 INTERIOR CORNICE 
 Provide and set (a)....... cornice in (6)....... according to detail 
 drawings. 
 
 (a) wood;— composition. 
 (b) Living Room;— Dining Room-- ete. : 
 
 CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 
 
156 
 
N 158 
 
 N 159 
 
 N 160 
 
 N 161 
 
 N 162 
 
 157 
 
 WALL PANELING 
 
 Provide and set paneling of material to match trim, as shown on draw- 
 ings, and in accordance with details, as follows :— 
 
 2 Says 
 
 All rails and stiles shall be mortised together, no doweling will be 
 permitted. 
 
 () LocaTion HEIoHT =*TES NP PANELS CONSTRUCTION 
 Dining Room _ to ceiling 7/8" chamfered 5/8" plain 3-ply veneer 
 Drawing Room 8 5/8" plain plaster 
 Hall Cm tg 7/8" moulded 5/8" raised solid 
 elc. ° etc. etc. etc. etc. 
 
 MANTELS 
 Build mantels of material to match trim in (a)....... , as shown on 
 
 detail drawings and in accordance with full size details. 
 
 (a) Living Room;— Dining Room;- etc. 
 
 SPECIAL MANTELS 
 
 Mantels in (a)....... will be supplied by the owner but shall be set 
 by this Contractor. 
 
 (a) Music Room;- Library;- etc. 
 
 BOOK-CASES 
 
 Build book-cases in (a)....... as shown, with moulded cap and base, 
 and movable shelves 1-1/8” thick, resting on (b)........ Book-cases shall 
 have Ce) sade &: backs. 
 
 (a) Library;— Den;- etc. 
 (b) brand of patent shelf supports;— pins, with shelves countersunk to receive the same. 
 (c) flush panel;— V-jointed matched board;— no;- etc. 
 
 BOOK-CASE DOORS 
 Book-case in (a)....... shall have glazed doors (b)...... La 
 
 (a) Library;— Den;- etc. 
 (b) hinged at side;— to slide on brass tracks;— etc. 
 
 CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 
 
N 163 CHINA CUPBOARD 
 Build china cupboard in (a)....... as indicated, and in accordance 
 with details. Cupboard shall have 7/8” movable shelves grooved for 
 
 plates, and 1-3/8” glazed door in upper part, and drawer and cupboard, 
 with paneled doors and shelf, below. 
 
 (a) Dining Room;-etc. 
 
 i 
 
N 163 
 1 
 
 N 164 
 
 N 165 
 
 N 166 
 
 N 167 
 
 159 
 
 CHINA CLOSET 
 
 Build china closet in (a)....... as indicated, and in accordance with 
 details. Closet shall have 7/8’’ movable shelves grooved for plates, and 
 1-3/8” glazed door. 
 
 (a) Dining Room;- etc. 
 
 WINDOW SEATS 
 
 Build window seats in accordance with detail drawings as follows:- 
 
 (a) LOCATION BACK SEAT FRONT 
 
 Living Room raised paneled 1-3/8" flush paneled turned legs 
 Bedroom No.— flush paneled 1-3/8" battened, hinged _flat panels 
 
 RADIATOR ENCLOSURES 
 
 All radiators in (@)....... shall be enclosed with (b)....... as shown, 
 in accordance with details. 
 
 (a) Living Room;— Dining Room;- etc. 
 (b) paneling;— turned spindles;— lattice work;— etc. 
 
 CANE REGISTER FACES 
 
 Register faces in (a)....... shall be of cane woven as for chair seats, 
 according to the pattern detailed. 
 
 (a) all radiator enclosures;— Library;- Music Room;- etc. 
 
 REGISTER TRIM 
 
 Build removable wooden frames, wherever required for register faces, 
 to match adjacent trim. 
 
 CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 
 
160 
 
N 168 
 
 N 169 
 
 161 
 
 STAIRS 
 
 All stairs shall be built according to details, properly supported on 
 carriages as specified. All treads shall have moulded nosings, with mould- 
 ing below. 
 
 Treads and risers shall be tongued and grooved together, and both 
 housed into the wall string. The whole shall be glued and wedged in the 
 best manner. 
 
 Stair woodwork shall be as follows:- 
 
 ts) TE TE 
 
 This Contractor shall properly protect all stair work and will be held 
 responsible for its condition until the whole building operation is completed. 
 
 (a) MAIN STAIRS REAR STAIRS 
 Treads and platforms 1-1/8" plain white oak 1-1/8" yellow pine 
 Risers 7/8" white pine 7/8" yellow pine 
 Wall string 1-1/8" white pine 7/8" yellow pine 
 Outer string 1-1/8’ white pine, open, 7/8" yellow pine, closed 
 
 carved 
 Hand rails 3-1/2" x4" birch, moulded, 3" x2-1/2" yellow pine, 
 with ramps and easings closed, plain stock 
 Return nosings birch 
 Balusters 3 to a tread, white pine, 3-1/2" on centers, yellow 
 turned pine, 1-1/8"’ square 
 Starting newel 5” square, white pine, built 4 square, yellow pine, 
 up, paneled; birch cap, moulded cap 
 moulded 
 Secondary newels 3” turned, white pine, 
 moulded caps 
 Post drops square moulded turned 
 
 CELLAR STAIRS 
 Cellar stairs shall have 7/8” risers and 1-1/8” treads of (a)........ 
 Hand rail shall be (b)....... , supported on (c)........ 
 
 (a) North Carolina pine;— yellow pine;— ete. 
 (b) 2x3" ;- 1-1/2" round;— etc. 
 (c) metal wall brackets;— 3’ x4" posts;— etc. 
 
 CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 
 
162 
 
 FINISH HARDWARE 
 
 He shall allow the sum of (a)....... for all finish hardware such as 
 butts, hinges, locks, etc., to be selected by the Architect and installed 
 by this Contractor. The sum allowed for finish hardware does not include 
 the cost of setting. 
 
 (a) estimated cost. 
 
 FINISH HARDWARE 
 
 All finish hardware will be furnished by the Owner to this Contractor, 
 who shall give a receipt for all hardware as soon as delivered and shall 
 immediately notify the Architect of any discrepancy from the invoice. 
 All finish hardware shall be set by this Contractor. 
 
O1 
 
 03 
 
 163 
 
 HARDWARE 
 
 ROUGH HARDWARE 
 
 The Contractor for Carpentry shall furnish all rough hardware includ- 
 ing all nails, screws, sash pulleys, sash weights, or similar fittings, and all 
 other hardware mentioned in this specification as being provided under 
 his contract. He shall take proper care of all hardware at the building 
 and be responsible for all shortages. 
 
 FINISH HARDWARE 
 
 This Contractor shall furnish and set all finish hardware required to 
 complete the building, in strict accordance with the following schedule. 
 The numbers given in the schedule refer to the hardware manufactured 
 
 Bar CO tain 
 
 (a) name of manufacturer. 
 
 HARDWARE SCHEDULE 
 
 (a) LOCATION CATALOG NO. SIZE FINISH’ NO. REQUIRED 
 
 Outside Cellar Door 
 Hinges 
 Bar pins 
 Half staples 
 Cellar Doors 
 Butts 
 Locks 
 Rings and staples 
 Bolts 
 
 Cellar Sash 
 Butts 
 Fasts 
 Hooks and eyes 
 Bolts 
 
164 
 
LOCATION CATALOG NO. SIZE FINISH 
 
 Main Entrance Doors 
 Butts 
 Locks 
 Sills 
 Door knockers 
 Letter-box plates 
 Push buttons 
 
 French Windows 
 Butts 
 Locks 
 Bolts 
 Sills 
 
 Outside Kitchen Door 
 Butts 
 Locks 
 Bolts 
 Push buttons 
 
 Hall Doors—Front Halls 
 Butts 
 Locks 
 
 Hall Doors—Service Halls 
 Butts 
 Locks 
 
 Closet Doors 
 Butts 
 Locks 
 
 Bathroom doors 
 Butts 
 Locks 
 Bolts 
 
 Double-acting doors 
 Floor hinges 
 Plates 
 
 Sliding Doors 
 Pulls 
 Locks 
 Hangers 
 Stops 
 
 Dressers 
 Butts 
 Elbow catches 
 Cupboard turns 
 Drawer pulls 
 Rollers 
 
 165 
 
 NO. REQUIRED 
 
 HARDWARE 
 
166 
 
LOCATION CATALOG NO. 
 
 Book-cases 
 Hinges 
 Locks 
 Pulls 
 Slides 
 Shelf supports 
 Ice Door 
 Butts 
 Locks 
 Plumbing Doors 
 Butts 
 Locks 
 Ironing Board Door 
 Butts 
 Locks 
 Medicine Closets 
 Butts 
 Locks 
 Linen Closet Doors 
 Hinges 
 Pulls 
 Slides 
 Locks 
 
 Linen Closet Drawers 
 Pulls 
 Rollers 
 
 Radiator Enclosures 
 Butts 
 Friction catches 
 Knobs 
 
 Panel Boards 
 Butts 
 Locks 
 
 Transom Lights 
 Transom lifts 
 Butts 
 Sash centers 
 
 Double-hung Sash 
 Sash fasts 
 Sash lifts 
 Sash bead screws 
 
 Casement Windows 
 Butts 
 Bolts 
 Fasteners 
 Adjusting bars 
 
 SIZE FINISH 
 
 167 
 
 NO. REQUIRED 
 
 HARDWARE 
 
ie SS 
 
 CE PE TE NES TIE, TU EEN eT ee 
 = a Sr gy ee a Ra i ~ 
 
 OS ere = Yen eA er SEES TIT 
 
 OE ed =n * 
 
 ee = 
 
 168 
 
O 4 
 
 169 
 
 LOCATION CATALOG NO. SIZE FINISH NO. REQUIRED 
 
 Shutters 
 Hinges 
 Bolts 
 Rings and eyes 
 Adjusting bars 
 Turn buckles 
 Garage Doors 
 Hangers 
 Tracks 
 Hinges 
 Fasteners 
 Pulls 
 Locks 
 Guides 
 Bumper shoes 
 Brackets 
 Miscellaneous 
 Door stops 
 Coat and hat hooks 
 Ceiling hooks 
 
 ALTERNATE BRANDS 
 
 CEOOES OE) ass may be substituted for those above specified, 
 if corresponding in quality and operation. No substitution may be made 
 without the approval of the Architect, who shall be absolute judge of the 
 comparative merits of corresponding pieces of different makes. All 
 hardware shall be of proper size and shape to fit the woodwork as detailed. 
 
 (a) name of manufacturers. 
 
 HARDWARE 
 
170 
 
P 1 
 
 171 
 
 METAL CASEMENTS 
 
 FRAMES AND SASH 
 
 Provide and set metal frames and sash, hinged as indicated on drawings, 
 foe ap osiwur window openings. All metal casements shall be (b)....... , 
 of size shown on drawings. The workmanship must be of the highest 
 standard throughout. 
 
 All sash and frames shall be clearly marked with numbers corre- 
 sponding to those given on the plans. 
 
 (a) all;— No. of openings. 
 (b) name of brand and material of hardware. 
 
== a= eee a SS aS eS —SSseaose RT oe NE sae STN Ry = a 
 
 N 
 I 
 ri 
 
Qi 
 
 Q2 
 
 Q3 
 
 173 
 
 PAINTING 
 
 GENERAL 
 
 All work included under this heading shall be subject to the General 
 Conditions of the entire operation. The sub-contractor for this portion 
 of the work is required to refer especially thereto. 
 
 All woodwork must be thoroughly clean and dry before any paint or 
 stain is applied. It shall be rubbed smooth, and all knots and sappy 
 places shall be covered with grain alcohol shellac before painting. 
 
 All woodwork that is to be painted shall be primed at the earliest 
 possible moment. The back as well as the front of all millwork coming 
 in contact with masonry walls shall be primed. All hard wood, unless 
 otherwise required, shall be given a coat of paste filler well rubbed in before 
 finish is applied. 
 
 After priming, all nail holes, cracks, etc., shall be puttied with putty 
 colored to match the finish. 
 
 No coat of paint shall be applied until the under one is perfectly dry. 
 All mouldings and ornament shall be carefully cleaned out before each 
 coat of paint is applied. All finished surfaces shall be left smooth and 
 even and free from brush marks or other defects. 
 
 On completion, this Contractor shall remove all spots from floors, 
 glass, etc., and shall repaint edges of sash and doors where necessary after 
 
 fitting by the Carpenter. 
 
 GUARANTEE 
 
 The Contractor shall guarantee his work in every respect, and shall 
 make good, without cost to the Owner, any defects in material or work- 
 manship which may develop within eighteen (18) months after the comple- 
 tion and acceptance thereof. 
 
 SAMPLES 
 Samples of all wood finish shall be made for the Architect’s approval, 
 and must be accurately matched by the finished work. 
 
174 
 
 fo 
 
 SHINGLE STAIN 
 
 All shingles shall be given a brush coat of (a)....... shingle stain 
 after being laid. 
 
 (a) name of brand. 
 
 SHINGLE STAIN 
 
 All shingles shall be dipped three-quarters of their length in (a)....... 
 shingle stain and allowed to drain in a trough until dry, before being put 
 on. After laying they shall be given a brush coat of the same stain. 
 
 (a) name of brand. 
 
 EXTERIOR STAIN 
 
 SDB LAY. spades shall be evenly stained (6) 
 
 HS SANs to produce the color 
 directed. 
 
 (a) exterior woodwork throughout, except exterior doors;— porch ceilings;— etc. 
 (6) with (brand of stain) ;- with acid stain;— or fumed;- etc. 
 
Q4 
 
 Q7 
 
 175 
 
 MATERIALS 
 
 All materials specified shall be brought to the building in the original 
 packages, which shall remain unopened until inspected and approved. 
 No dilution of any description will be permitted unless specifically approved 
 
 by the Architect. © 
 White lead shall be best American white lead of (a)....... brand. 
 Linseed oil shall be pure and of best quality, raw or boiled as may be 
 required. 
 
 Putty for exterior work shall be pure linseed oil putty; for interior work, 
 white lead putty. 
 
 Enamel paint shall be (b)....... brand. 
 
 Varnish shall be (c)....... varnish. 
 
 Shellac shall be best grain-alcohol shellac. 
 
 (a) name of brand. 
 (b) name of brand. 
 (c) name of brand. 
 
 SHINGLE STAIN 
 
 All shingles shall be dipped for three-quarters of their length in 
 CN iis hae shingle stain and allowed to drain in a trough until dry, before 
 
 being put on. 
 
 “(a) name of brand. 
 
 EXTERIOR STAIN 
 
 iy a) ee shall be evenly stained (0)....... to produce the color 
 directed, and finished with (c)........ 
 
 (a) exterior woodwork throughout, except extertor doors;— porch ceilings;— etc. 
 (b) with (brand of stain) ;— with acid stain;— or fumed;- etc. 
 (c) two coats boiled linseed oil;— two coats spar varnish;— etc. 
 
 AREA WALLS 
 
 The exposed side of all area walls shall be given two good coats of lead * 
 and oil in colors selected. 
 
 PAINTING 
 
176 
 
 For whitewash see under “GENERAL MASONRY,” page 23. 
 
 Q 11 INTERIOR PAINTED PLASTER 
 2 All plaster (a)....:.. shall be sandpapered thoroughly, sized, and 
 finished with (b)....... in colors selected. 
 (a) walls and ceiling in Kitchen and Bathroom No. —;- in Bedrooms;- etc. 
 
 (6) three coats lead and oil paint;— two coats (name of brand) flat wall paint. 
 
Q8 
 
 Q9 
 
 Q10 
 
 Q12 
 
 Q 13 
 
 177 
 
 EXTERIOR STUCCO PAINT 
 
 All exterior cement and plaster work shall be given two coats of 
 CP a ik as cement paint, in colors selected. 
 
 (a) name of brand. 
 
 EXTERIOR PAINTED WOODWORK 
 
 THe (ae as shall be primed, puttied, and given (b)....... good 
 coats of lead and oil in colors selected. 
 
 (a) exterior woodwork throughout, except front door;— porch floor and steps;— etc. 
 (b) three;— two. 
 INTERIOR PAINTED WOODWORK 
 
 All interior woodwork (a)....... shall be primed, puttied, and 
 finished with three good coats of lead and oil in colors selected. 
 
 (a) throughout;— including all closets, cupboards and shelves;— except where otherwise 
 specified ;— etc. 
 INTERIOR PAINTED PLASTER 
 
 All plaster to be painted shall be sandpapered thoroughly, sized and 
 finished as follows :— 
 
 Be hae ities 
 (a) LOCATION NO. OF COATS PAINT ‘ FINISH 
 Kitchen 
 walls and ceiling 8 lead and oul gloss 
 Vestibule 
 walls 3 lead and oil stippled 
 ceiling 2 (brand) flat wall paint flat 
 Bedrooms No. — 
 walls and ceilings 2 (brand) flat wall paint flat 
 etc. etc. etc. etc. 
 INTERIOR ENAMELED WOODWORK 
 All woodwork in (a@)....... shall be primed, puttied and painted 
 WAR COP ich irae Before each coat is applied, all surfaces shall be lightly 
 sandpapered. 
 (a) Bathroom No. —;-— Kitchen;- etc. 
 
 (b) one coat white shellac, three coats lead and oil, two coats (brand) enamel;— one coat 
 white shellac, two coats lead and oil, one coat (brand) enamel;— etc. 
 
 INTERIOR ENAMELED PLASTER 
 All plaster (a)....... shall be finished in the same manner. 
 
 (a) walls and ceiling in Bathroom No. —;- ete. 
 
 PAINTING 
 
178 
 
 1) 
 ine 
 N 
 
 . 
 
 CANVAS WALL COVERING 
 
 The walls of (a)....... shall be thoroughly sandpapered, sized with 
 glue sizing, and then covered with decorator’s canvas secured with paper- 
 hanger’s paste. The canvas shall be carefully trimmed and all joints 
 butted and glazed. 
 
 On this, panel mouldings with horizontal cap moulding, all as shown 
 
 on drawings, shall be applied. The moulding shall be (b)....... , the cap 
 moulding (c)........ 
 
 gh FAs shall be painted with (e)....... to an even (f)....... 
 finish, (g)....... the mouldings are applied. 
 
 (a) Living Room;- Dining Room;- Main Hall to a height of 3’ ;- etc. 
 
 (6) 1” oak, stained to match trim;- 2" white pine;— ete. 
 
 (c) 5” oak;- 4" birch stained mahogany;- etc. 
 
 (d) canvas;— whole. 
 
 (e) four coats lead and oil;— three coats lead and oil, one coat enamel;-— etc. 
 (f) matt;— stippled;— high gloss;— etc. 
 
 (9) before;— after. 
 
Q 14 
 
 Qi5 
 
 Q 16 
 
 Q 18 
 
 Q19 
 
 Q 20 
 
 179 
 
 EGG-SHELL FINISH 
 
 The final coat of all enamel shall be rubbed to a smooth egg-shell 
 finish with pumice stone and water, unless otherwise specified. 
 
 MATT FINISH 
 
 The final coat (a)....... shall be matt enamel, to produce a smooth 
 matt finish. 
 
 (a) in Kitchen;— throughout;— etc. 
 
 GLOSS FINISH 
 The final coat (a)....... shall be left with a high gloss finish. 
 
 (a) in Kitchen;— throughout;- etc. 
 
 CANVAS WALL COVERING 
 
 The walle ot (4)... +» shall be thoroughly sandpapered, sized with 
 glue sizing, and then covered with decorator’s canvas secured with paper- 
 hanger’s paste. The canvas shall be carefully trimmed and all joints 
 butted and glazed. After wood trim has been applied to this by Car- 
 penter, the whole shall be painted with (6)....... to an even (c)....... 
 finish. 
 
 (a) Living Room;- Dining Room;- Main Hall to a height of 3’ ;- etc. 
 (b) four coats lead and oil;— three coats lead and oil, one coat enamel;- etc. 
 (c) matt enamel;— egg-shell;— high gloss;— etc. 
 
 INTERIOR STAIN 
 
 All interior woodwork (a)....... shall be evenly stained (b)....... 
 to produce the color directed, and finished with (c)........ 
 
 (a) throughout;- in Living Room and Dining Room;-— except in Bathrooms,- etc. 
 
 (b) with (brand of stain) ;— with acid stain;— or fumed;- etc. 
 
 (c) one coat shellac, two coats varnish;— two coats hard oil finish, three coats varnish;— one 
 coat shellac, one coat wax;— two coats wax;— etc. 
 
 SANDPAPERING FOR VARNISH 
 Before each coat of varnish is applied, all surfaces shall be lightly 
 sandpapered. 
 
 EGG-SHELL FINISH 
 The final coat of varnish shall be rubbed to a smooth egg-shell finish 
 with pumice stone and linseed oil. 
 
 PAINTING 
 
180 
 
 For painting of boiler and piping in basement see under HEATING,” 
 page 233. 
 
Q 21 
 
 Q 22 
 
 Q 23 
 
 Q 24 
 
 Q25 
 
 Q 26 
 
 Q27 
 
 18] 
 
 WAX FINISH 
 All waxed surfaces shall be rubbed to a smooth, glossy finish. 
 
 MAHOGANY FINISH 
 
 All woodwork that is to have mahogany finish shall be stained to an 
 approved mahogany color and finished to an egg-shell gloss with (a)........ 
 
 (a) one coat shellac, two coats varnish;— one coat shellac, one coat wax,— ete. 
 
 FRESCO 
 
 All plaster (@)......- shall be sized and given two coats of (b)....... 
 wall paint in tints selected. 
 
 (a) walls and ceilings, except in basement;— ete. 
 (b) name of brand;- washable;— approved cold-water ;— etc. 
 
 DRAWERS 
 
 The insides of all drawers shall be shellacked and the runways oiled. 
 
 FLOORING 
 All floors and stair treads unless otherwise specified, shall be finished 
 Wi fe) 5 84 
 
 (a) two coats varnish;— one coat stain, one coat varnish;— one coat stain, one coat shellac, 
 one coat wax;— two coats shellac, one coat wax;— etc. 
 
 OAK FLOORING 
 
 All oak floors and stair treads shall be stained (a)....... to produce the 
 color directed, filled with paste filler and finished with (b)....... 
 (a) with (brand of stain);— with acid stain; or fumed;— etc. 
 (b) one coat varnish, two coats floor wazx;- two coats shellac, one coat waz;— two 
 coats varnish;— etc. 
 
 PAINTED METAL WORK 
 
 Ae Cee) 0 eats, shall be given two good coats of lead and oil of the colors 
 directed, in addition to the priming coat. 
 
 (a) exposed plumbing, gas pipes, hot water tank, manhole covers, etc.;— steel lintels, girders, 
 etc.;— exposed wrought iron work, area grating, etc.;- metal casements, etc. ;— galvanized 
 tron work ;— etc. 
 
 PAINTING 
 
182 
 
 For bronzing of radiators see under “HEATING,” page 231. 
 
 St Sse a 
 
 oe es SOS ee ee 
 
 cecinure ames 
 
 es 
 
 ee SS oe 
 
 uJ 
 . 
 8] 
 
Q 28 
 
 Q 29 
 
 Q 30 
 
 183 
 
 GALVANIZED IRON 
 
 All galvanized iron shall be given a priming coat of (a)....... before 
 applying lead and oil paint. 
 
 (a) brand of galvanized iron paint;— red lead;— graphite paint;— ete. 
 
 ENAMELED IRON WORK 
 
 All exposed iron work of plumbing fixtures shall be given a coat of lead 
 and oil and two coats of enamel of colors selected. 
 
 RADIATORS 
 All radiators and exposed pipes, except as otherwise noted, shall be thor- 
 oughly cleaned and given three good coats of (a)....... , of colors selected. 
 
 (a) name of brand of paint or enamel. 
 
 PAINTING 
 
OT 
 
 SS ——o sats Se 
 = SO LRT Se Ee PEARS Ss 7 
 
 184 
 
Ri 
 
 R2 
 
 R 3 
 
 R4 
 
 R5 
 
 R6 
 
 185 
 
 GLAZING 
 
 GENERAL 
 
 All work included under this heading is subject to the General Conditions 
 of the entire operation. The Contractor for this portion of the work is 
 required to refer especially thereto. 
 
 All glass set in woodwork shall be firmly bedded in the best oil and white 
 lead putty, and after stops are in place, shall be neatly puttied. All glass in 
 interior doors shall be properly bedded in putty and secured by wood moulds 
 supplied by the Carpenter. No glass shall be put in place until after the 
 woodwork is primed. 
 
 All glass shall be free from waves or other imperfections. At the com- 
 pletion of the building, all glass shall be cleaned and polished; all broken 
 glass must be replaced. 
 
 METAL CASEMENTS 
 
 All glass in metal casements shall be secured with spring glazing clips 
 and metal-sash putty. 
 
 DOUBLE STRENGTH GLASS 
 
 All glass throughout the building, unless otherwise specified, shall be 
 grade (a)....... double strength American sheet glass. 
 
 (a) A;- B:- ete. 
 
 SINGLE STRENGTH GLASS 
 
 All glass in (a@)....... shall be grade (b)....... single strength American 
 sheet glass. 
 
 (a) basement;— servants’ wing;— etc. 
 
 (b) A;- B;- ete. 
 PLATE GLASS 
 
 al giant Te (a). shall be best quality American polished plate 
 eR Cn thick. 
 
 (a) Living Room;— Dining Room;- opening No. —;- etc. 
 
 (b) 1/8";- 3/16" — 1/4". 
 
 FIGURED ROLLED GLASS 
 The. giaee in (@).6 0.5. shall be figured rolled glass of a type to be 
 approved by the Architect. 
 
 (a) ceiling light;- Bathroom windows;— Pantry doors;— doors No. —,;- ete. 
 
186 
 
 R8 
 
 2 
 
 LEADED GLASS 
 
 Leaded glass where indicated on drawings will be supplied by Owner, 
 but shall be set by this Contractor. 
 
 a + a ee ei 
 
 ‘ Tio 
 
 ca 
 
 « 
 | 
 ¢ 
 y 
 : 
 i 
 i 
 
RZ 
 
 R9 
 
 R10 
 
 Ril 
 
 187 
 
 WIRE GLASS 
 The gimss in‘ (a)... 2... shall be 1/4” wire glass, set as shown on 
 drawings. 
 
 (a) skylight;— fireproof door No. —;- etc. 
 
 LEADED GLASS 
 
 Allow the sum of (a)....... per square foot for all leaded glass where 
 indicated on drawings. Leaded glass shall be set by this Contractor. 
 
 (a) estimated cost. 
 
 MIRRORS 
 
 Provide and set full-length plate glass mirror in (a)....... Mirrors 
 UE have beveled edges. 
 
 (a) door to Bathroom No. —;-— doors of wardrobe;— opening No. —. 
 (6) shall;— shall not. 
 
 MEDICINE CABINET 
 
 Provide and set plate glass mirrors with beveled edges for medicine cab- 
 inet doors, also two adjustable plate glass shelves for interior. 
 
 COUNTER-SHELF 
 
 Supply a 1/4” plate glass top for counter-shelf in (a)....... 
 (a) Kitchen;— Larder;- etc. 
 
 GLAZING 
 
188 
 
 EXCAVATION 
 
 Excavate as may be necessary for water-supply piping and drainage 
 systems. 
 
 EXCAVATION FOR CESSPOOL 
 
 Excavate for cesspool where directed, at a distance of (a)....... from 
 building; the excavation shall be 8’ in diameter and be carried 8’ below point 
 at which drain pipe enters it. 
 
 (a) 50’ ;— 75’ ;- etc. 
 
 j 
 4 
 | 
 \ 
 
S1 
 
 S2 
 
 189 
 
 PLUMBING 
 
 GENERAL CONDITIONS 
 
 All work included under this heading shall be subject to the General 
 Conditions of the entire operation. The sub-contractor for this portion 
 of the work is required to refer especially thereto. 
 
 These specifications are intended to provide for a complete and perfect 
 system of hot and cold water supply, drainage, vent piping, etc. Anything 
 indicated on the drawings and not specified, or vice versa, or any detail 
 omitted which is necessary to the proper installation of the system, must be 
 supplied and installed by this Contractor without extra charge. The Con- 
 tractor will be held strictly responsible for the quality of the materials and 
 labor furnished and for the proper installation of the system; he must 
 maintain a competent foreman at the building throughout the progress of the 
 work. 
 
 All work shall conform to the Rules and Regulations of the local Bureau 
 of Health and the requirements of the Plumbing Code. Where there are 
 no local sanitary regulations covering any particular point, the work shall 
 be done as required by the State Code or Regulations. 
 
 PERMITS AND CONNECTIONS 
 
 This Contractor shall file all drawings, pay all fees, and obtain and pay 
 for all permits. He shall see that an adequate supply of water for building 
 purposes is provided at the commencement of the operation. 
 
 EXCAVATION 
 
 All excavation is included under the separate heading ‘EXCAVATION ” 
 and does not form part of the contract for Plumbing. 
 
7) 
 N 
 
 4 
 
 N 
 
 La] 
 
 TESTS 
 
 After all lead connections are made and before any plastering 1s done, 
 the ends of lead and iron pipes shall be closed and the entire drainage system 
 within the building filled with air under 5 lbs. pressure. Any leaks that 
 may appear shall be made good and the test repeated until the piping is 
 shown to be perfectly airtight. All tests must be made in the presence of 
 the Architect or his representative, and to his satisfaction. No part of the 
 work shall be covered until it has been approved by him 
 
 FINAL TEST 
 
 After all fixtures are set, a peppermint test shall be made in the presence 
 of the Architect. 
 
S 4 
 
 S5 
 
 S8 
 
 S9 
 
 191 
 
 LAYOUT OF SYSTEM 
 
 Before the building is commenced, this Contractor shall submit for 
 approval a complete layout of the proposed system of piping, indicating 
 clearly the exact position of all chases, openings in foundation walls, trenches 
 for drains, etc. One copy of this layout shall be filed in the Architect’s 
 office and another placed in the hands of the General Contractor. 
 
 CHASES, CUTTING, ETC. 
 
 This Contractor shall specifically inform the General Contractor, or the 
 various sub-contractors concerned, of the size and location of all chases, 
 openings, supports, etc., which his work may require, and shall be respon- 
 sible for the construction of the same. He shall arrange for all cutting 
 through walls, floors, roofs, etc., and the proper closing thereof. Cutting of 
 construction is to be avoided wherever possible, but where unavoidable 
 must be done by the sub-contractor who erected the work 
 
 TAGS FOR VALVES 
 All control valves shall have brass tags properly marked indicating the 
 rooms controlled 
 
 TESTS 
 
 This Contractor shall make all tests as called for in the Plumbing Code 
 or Regulations, in the presence of the Architect or his representative. Any 
 leaks that may appear shall be repaired by the Contractor without extra 
 charge, and the tests repeated until the piping is shown to be perfectly tight. 
 
 GUARANTEE 
 
 The Contractor shall guarantee his work in writing and make good with- 
 out cost to the Owner, any defects in material or workmanship which may 
 develop within one year after the completion and acceptance thereof. 
 
 TERRA COTTA PIPE 
 
 Terra cotta drain pipes shall be the best quality of hard, salt-glazed 
 terra cotta, approved by the Architect. All pipes must be straight and 
 
 free from obstructions. 
 
 PLUMBING 
 
SS EE pi OA ae SES ——— z RS SO IS StS a sie See SS 
 
 N 
 fo?) 
 re 
 
S10 
 
 Sil 
 
 S12 
 
 S13 
 
 S14 
 
 S15 
 
 S16 
 
 193 
 
 CAST-IRON PIPE 
 
 All cast-iron pipes, traps, fittings, etc., under ground shall be “extra 
 heavy”; all above ground “medium.” They shall be factory tested, free 
 from sand holes, splits and other defects, and of uniform weight and thick- 
 ness. Underground pipes and pipes in the masonry walls shall be thoroughly 
 coated with coal-tar pitch, after being tested by the Plumber. 
 
 WROUGHT-IRON PIPE 
 
 Wrought-iron pipes, wherever specified, shall be (a)....... genuine 
 wrought-iron pipe, galvanized, “standard” in weight and thickness, lap 
 welded, and properly tested at the mills. The name of manufacturer 
 must appear on each length of pipe. All fittings shall be heavy beaded gal- 
 vanized malleable iron. 
 
 (a) name of brand. 
 
 BRASS PIPE 
 Brass pipe, where specified, shall be annealed seamless tubing of iron pipe 
 weights and sizes. 
 
 LEAD PIPE 
 Lead waste, soil, vent and flush pipes and connections, shall be of the 
 following weights :— 
 
 Ce 
 
 (a) 4” bends, 8 lbs. per running foot. 
 1-1/2" waste, 3 lbs. per running foot. 
 1-1/4" waste, 2-1/2" lbs. per running foot. 
 etc. etc. 
 
 EXPOSED PIPES 
 
 All exposed supplies, traps, and wastes, except those in (a)....... shall 
 be heavily nickel-plated brass. 
 
 (a) Kitchen;— Pantry;— Laundry;— basement;- etc. 
 
 NICKEL-PLATED WORK 
 
 Nickel-plated work shall be of the best quality, warranted heavy plate, 
 on polished brass. 
 
 ESCUTCHEONS 
 
 All exposed pipes in finished rooms shall have hangers and escutcheons of 
 the same material and finish as the pipes. Escutcheons shall be fitted closely, 
 after the surface to which they are applied is finished. 
 
 PLUMBING 
 
194 
 S18 JOINTS IN TERRA COTTA 
 2 Joints in terra cotta pipe must first be calked with oakum and then com- 
 
 pletely filled with cement mortar composed of 1 part Portland cement and 
 1 part sand. All joints must be well swabbed out on the inside. 
 
 i] 
 
 y 
 ; 
 Ni 
 i 
 i 
 1 
 4 
 ‘ 
 t 
 iif 
 hy! 
 ¥ 
 tk 
 \ 
 
 PS 
 
 poe me 
 
 res ar eee 
 
 te si 
 
 i 
 i 
 ' 
 
S17 
 
 S19 
 
 S20 
 
 S 21 
 
 S22 
 
 S 23 
 
 195 
 
 VALVES 
 
 All valves, except at fixtures or where otherwise specified, shall be 
 Cal polished cast brass valves of the full size of the pipes they con- 
 trol 
 
 (a) name of brand. 
 
 JOINTS IN TERRA COTTA 
 
 Joints in terra cotta pipe must be completely filled with cement mortar 
 composed of 1 part Portland cement and 1 part sand. All joints must be 
 well swabbed out on the inside. 
 
 JOINTS IN CAST-IRON 
 
 Joints in cast-iron pipe shall be calked first with oakum and then, flush 
 with the hub, with pure, soft pig lead, using 1 Ib. of lead to each inch of diam- 
 eter of the pipe. 
 
 JOINTS IN WROUGHT IRON AND BRASS 
 
 Joints in wrought iron and brass shall be screw joints made up with red 
 lead. The burr formed in cutting shall be carefully reamed out. 
 
 JOINTS FOR LEAD PIPES 
 
 Joints and connections for lead pipe shall be wiped solder joints. Con- 
 nections between lead and iron pipes shall be made with brass ferrules and 
 wiped solder joints. 
 
 FLASHING OF VENT PIPES 
 
 Where vent pipes pass through roof, the joints shall be made watertight 
 with approved special flashings or sleeves of (a)....... enclosing the pipe 
 on all sides. 
 
 (a) 16 oz. soft copper;—6 lb. sheet lead;— etc 
 
 PROTECTION OF PIPES 
 
 Iron, lead or brass pipe laid in concrete or earth shall be painted with 
 asphalt and well wrapped with tar paper or other approved protection. 
 Where pipes pass through exterior or interior foundation walls they shall be 
 run in terra cotta pipes of larger diameter, or through small arched openings, 
 to protect them against damage from settlement. In masonry walls above 
 grade they shall be run in galvanized iron sleeves to permit expansion. 
 
 PLUMBING 
 
196 
 
 If cesspool is to be included in Mason’s contract see under “STONE 
 MASONRY,” page 29. 
 
 CESSPOOL TOP 
 
 The top of cesspool shall be covered with a 5” concrete slab with 1/2” 
 reinforcing rods, spaced 6’ on centers. Build in it a 2’ manhole, to be 
 fitted with a removable (a)....... 
 
 (a) 3” flagstone cover;— cast-iron cover with ring;— etc. 
 
 SEPTIC TANK 
 
 Construct septic tank where directed. The inside dimensions shall be 
 5 ga The walls and floors shall be of 8” plain concrete. The tank 
 shall be equipped with baffle-boards, removable concrete slabs for top, and 
 cast-iron pipings, all according to detail drawings. The baffle-boards are 
 provided under the heading “CARPENTRY.” 
 
 (a) 4’x4' x6" ;— ete. 
 
 HOUSE SEWER 
 
 The house sewer shall be of (a)....... cast-iron pipe, run as shown on 
 drawings and discharging into the (b)....... All bends and changes in 
 direction shall be made with long sweeps, and under no circumstances shall 
 any part have a pitch of less than 1/8” to the foot. The sewer shall be laid 
 wh Set (HR below grade line. | 
 
 (a) 4” ;- 5" ;- etc. 
 (b) sewer in street;— cesspool;— septic tank;— etc. 
 (c) 2 6” ;- 3';- ete. 
 
S 24 
 
 S25 
 
 529 
 
 197 
 
 PROTECTION FROM ROOTS 
 
 Where required to protect terra cotta drains from penetration of tree 
 roots at the joints, the pipes shall be laid with at least 6’’ of cinders on top, 
 sides and bottom. 
 
 CESSPOOL 
 Construct cesspool where directed, at a distance of (a)....... from 
 building. The walls shall be 16” thick, of stone laid up without mortar. 
 
 (a) 50’ ;- 70’ ;- ete. 
 
 CESSPOOL TOP 
 
 The top of the cesspool shall be covered with an 8” brick dome with 
 manhole, finishing 12’’ below finished grade. The manhole shall be fitted 
 with a removable (a)....... 
 
 (a) 3” flagstone cover;— cast-iron cover with ring ;— etc. 
 
 SEPTIC TANK 
 
 Provide and install where directed a (a)....... septic tank, complete 
 with all baffle-boards, piping, drains, -etc., as provided or required by the 
 manufacturer. 
 
 (a) name of brand, size, and type. 
 
 HOUSE SEWER 
 
 The house sewer shall be of (a)....... terra cotta pipe, run as shown 
 on drawings, and discharging into the (0)....... All bends and changes in 
 direction shall be made with long sweeps, and under no circumstances shall 
 any part have a pitch of less than 1/8’ to the foot. The sewer shall be laid 
 at Wet (ey... o ss. below grade line. 
 
 (a) 4";- 5" ;— ete. 
 
 (b) sewer in street;— cesspool;— septic tank;- etc. 
 
 (c) 2' 6" ;— 3’ ;— ete. 
 
 HOUSE DRAIN 
 
 From a point in the house sewer 5’ from the outer face of the building, 
 extend @ (ay. 00.) cast-iron drain to soil stacks. The house drain shall 
 have a pitch of at least 1/4” to the foot. 
 
 (a) 4" ;- 5” ;— ete. 
 
 PLUMBING 
 
198 
 
S30 
 
 S 31 
 
 S32 
 
 S33 
 
 S34 
 
 S35 
 
 199 
 
 GARAGE DRAIN 
 
 From a point in the house sewer 5’ from the outer face of the garage, 
 extend a (a)....... cast-iron drain to fixtures in garage, and continue with 
 vent to roof. The garage drain shall have a pitch of at least 1/4” to the foot. 
 
 (a) 3”;- 4/'- etc. 
 
 HOUSE DRAIN TRAP 
 
 Just inside the foundation wall, set a ‘‘medium” weight cast-iron house- 
 drain trap with brass screw plug handholes. 
 
 FRESH-AIR INLET 
 
 From a point directly back of the house trap a cast-iron fresh-air inlet 
 shall be carried to a point where indicated (a)....... Finish with an 
 approved (b)....... 
 
 (a) in exterior wall;— on surface of ground. 
 (b) grating;— cowl. 
 
 SOIL AND VENT PIPES 
 
 Soil stacks shall be of (a)....... ‘“‘medium’”’ weight cast-iron pipe, prop- 
 erly connected with the house drain, and carried up full size through the 
 building and above the roof. Each line shall be extended separately at 
 least 2’ above any adjacent ventilating openings or obstructions, except 
 where otherwise specifically directed. The location of vents is to be as 
 inconspicuous as possible and shall be subject to the approval of the Archi- 
 
 tect. 
 All offsets shall be made at an angle of not less than 45 degrees to the 
 
 horizontal. All turns shall be made with large bends and all branches with 
 Y’s. No lead bends are to be used except for waterclosets. 
 
 Pipe stacks shall be firmly supported at the base on masonry or in other 
 approved manner, and elsewhere on approved iron hangers. 
 
 (a) 35-4". 
 
 SOUND-PROOF SOIL STACK 
 The soil lines from fixtures in (a)....... shall be boxed and packed with 
 mineral wool. 
 
 (a) Bathroom No. —;- Toilet No. —;- etc. 
 
 CLEANOUTS 
 Readily accessible cleanouts shall be placed on all horizontal lines, and 
 at the base of all risers. 
 
 PLUMBING 
 
200 
 
 TRAPS AND VENTS 
 
 Every fixture, unless otherwise specified, shall have an approved trap, 
 back-vented in accordance with the local sanitary requirements. 
 
 INTERIOR RAIN CONDUCTORS 
 
 Interior rain conductors, where indicated on drawings, shall be 4’ 
 galvanized genuine wrought-iron pipe, with screwed galvanized recess drain- 
 age fittings, (a)....... cast-iron roof drain with flexible expansion joint, 
 and lead flashing at gutter. The whole shall be constructed as specified for 
 soil and vent pipes, and be connected with the drainage system. 
 
 (a) name of brand;— approved. 
 
 RAIN CONDUCTOR DRAINS 
 
 Drains shall be run as shown on Basement plan, of sizes indicated. All 
 bends and changes in direction shall be made with long sweeps, and all lines 
 shall have a pitch of at least 1/8’ to the foot. Conductor drains shall be 
 laid at least (a)....... below grade. 
 
 (a) 2’ 6” ;- 3';- etc. 
 
S36 
 
 S37 
 
 S39 
 
 201 
 
 WASTE PIPES 
 The size of waste pipes, unless otherwise specified, shall be as follows:— 
 water closets (a)....... ; sinks, 1-1/2’; all other fixtures 1-1/4’. 
 
 (a) 3" - ar, 
 
 LEAD WASTE PIPES 
 All lead waste pipes running horizontally under floors shall be supported 
 on boards for their entire length. 
 
 NON-SIPHON TRAPS 
 Every fixture, unless otherwise specified, shall have a (a)....... non- 
 siphon brass trap as close to the fixture as possible. 
 
 (a) name of brand. 
 
 FUTURE BATHROOMS 
 
 Roteh in. for (a)... ...:,.. future bathrooms where indicated, leaving out- 
 lets at the proper places for supply, soil and waste pipes. Do all necessary 
 capping and plugging under the floor, and mark position of the pipes. 
 
 (a) one;— two;- ete. 
 
 INTERIOR RAIN CONDUCTORS 
 
 Interior rain conductors, where indicated on drawings, shall be 4’ cast- 
 iron pipe, with (a)....... cast-iron roof drain and flexible expansion joint, 
 and lead flashing at gutter. The whole shall be constructed as specified for 
 soil and vent pipes, and be connected with the drainage system. 
 
 (a) name of brand;— approved. 
 
 RAIN CONDUCTOR DRAINS 
 
 Rain conductor drains shall be of terra cotta, 4’’ in diameter for the first 
 two conductors, 1” additional for each of the next two, and 1” additional 
 for each two conductors thereafter. All bends and changes in direction 
 shall be made with long sweeps, and all lines shall have a pitch of at least 
 
 1/8’ to the foot. Conductor drains shall be laid at least (a)....... below 
 grade. 
 The drains shall be collected at (b)....... ee sd aa drain, and 
 
 shall discharge into (d)....... 
 
 (a) 2’ 6” ;- 3';- etc. 
 
 (b) N. E. corner of building;-— etc. 
 
 (c) 6” ;- 8" ;- ete. 
 
 (d) dry well;— cesspool;— sewer ;— gutter ;— etc. 
 
 PLUMBING 
 
S42 RAIN-CONDUCTOR SHOES 
 —— Sees 
 2 Rain conductors shall be connected to (a) 
 pects in length, emptying on grade. 
 
 (a) a round;— 4x6" 5— etc. 
 (b) 12” ;- 4';- ete. 
 
 “ee et we ee 
 
 cast-iron shoes 
 
 4 
 
S 43 
 
 S 44 
 
 S45 
 
 S 46 
 
 S47 
 
 203 
 
 RAIN-CONDUCTOR SHOES 
 
 The rain conductors shall be connected to (a)....... cast-iron shoes 
 extending (b)....... above the finished grade. These shall be connected 
 by cast-iron pipe with terra-cotta drains at a point 5’ beyond the building. 
 
 (a) 4” round;- 4""x6" ;- etc. 
 (b) 6” ;— 5';- ete. 
 
 AREA DRAINS 
 Provide and set in all areas 6” cast-iron catch basins with perforated 
 covers, and connect properly with (a)....... 
 
 (a) area drain pits;— footing drains;— rain conductor drains;-— etc. 
 
 BOILER DRAIN 
 Provide and set in basement where indicated, a (a)....... to drain the 
 heating system, and connect to drainage system. 
 
 (a) 6” cast-iron floor drain with trap;— name of brand and size, sand trap. 
 
 REFRIGERATOR WASTE 
 
 Provide and set in floor where indicated, a (a)....... cast-iron refriger- 
 ator drain. From this run a 1-1/2” galvanized wrought-iron pipe, with 
 recessed drainage fittings, to empty (6)....... 
 
 (a) name of brand and size. 
 (b) into basement sink;- into rain conductor drain;— outside of walls at grade. 
 
 MANHOLE COVERS 
 Provide a cast-iron manhole cover with ring, for manhole (a)....... 
 
 (a) to cesspool;— where shown on basement plans;— etc. 
 
 SUPPLY PIPING 
 All piping above the first floor level shall be concealed, except (a)....... 
 All supply and waste pipes must be so placed as to be readily accessible 
 for examination and repairs. They must be so run that they can be thor- 
 
 oughly drained. 
 Pipes must not be run in or on outside walls where avoidable. All 
 
 water pipes and traps in exposed places shall be boxed and packed with 
 
 mineral wool, by this Contractor. 
 All water supply pipes, fittings and connections shall be of galvanized 
 
 genuine wrought iron unless otherwise specified. 
 
 (a) in kitchen; in pantry;— exposed supplies to fixtures;— etc. 
 
 PLUMBING 
 
204 
 
 WATER-SUPPLY SYSTEM 
 
 Allow the sum of (a)....... for water-supply system to be selected by the 
 Architect and installed and put in perfect running order by this Contractor. 
 All electrical connections will be made by the Contractor for “ELECTRIC 
 WIRING.” 
 
 (a) estimated cost. 
 
 WATER SUPPLY 
 
 The water supply will be brought into the building by the Owner at a 
 point in the (a)....... side of the basement wall. 
 
 (a) north;- south;- etc. 
 
 GATE VALVE 
 
 Where supply pipe enters the building, install a brass gate valve with 
 drip cock. 
 
 i 
 be 
 
S 48 
 
 S 49 
 
 S 54 
 
 BRASS PIPING 
 AD piping (@).)..... shall be of brass. 
 
 (a) between water-back and hot-water storage tank;— between water heater and hot-water 
 storage tank;— for hot water ;— throughout;— etc. 
 
 PIPE COVERING 
 
 All hot-water piping shall be neatly covered with an approved sectional 
 magnesia or similar covering, 3/8” thick. 
 
 WATER-SUPPLY SYSTEM 
 
 Provide and install where indicated on drawings, a complete (a)....... 
 outfit for pumping and storing water. The outfit shall include motor, pump 
 and compression tank, automatic switch and all fittings and connections 
 for the same as required by the manufacturer and as may be necessary to 
 insure perfect operation of the system. All electrical connections will be 
 made by the Contractor for ‘ELECTRIC WIRING.” 
 
 (a) name of brand, type and number. 
 
 WATER SUPPLY 
 
 The water supply shall be taken from the water company’s main in 
 Cee yi, This Contractor shall have the proper lead connections made 
 and shall pay for same; from this he shall continue with (0)....... pipe 
 to the inner face of the foundation wall. This pipe shall be carried at least 
 0) EBV below grade. 
 
 (a) name of street. 
 
 (b) 3/4" ;— 1" ;— 1-1/4" ;— galvanized genuine wrought tron;- 
 
 (c) 2’ 6":— 8’ — ete. 
 
 ‘é 
 
 extra strong” lead;- etc. 
 
 CURB VALVE 
 Provide and install at edge of sidewalk, a curb valve with cast-iron box. 
 
 WATER METER 
 
 Install a water meter where supply pipe enters the building. The meter 
 sliali be (@)..:... 5, On the house side of the meter place a brass gate valve 
 with drip cock. 
 
 (a) provided by water company;— name of brand, size and type;- etc. 
 
 PRESSURE REGULATOR 
 
 If water pressure exceeds 65 lbs., provide and install on supply pipe an 
 approved pressure regulator of adequate capacity. 
 
 PLUMBING 
 
vo) 
 =) 
 N 
 
207 
 
 S55 COLD-WATER SUPPLY 
 
 The supply pipe shall be continued of the same diameter through base- 
 ment, with rising lines and branches as follows:— 
 
 2) aa a 
 (a) to water heater— 1-1/4'’;— 1-1/2”, 
 to steam-heating boiler— 1/2’', with cast brass compression valve and wheel handle 
 to laundry tubs— 3/4", 
 branch to kitchen sink- 1/2", 
 to boiler in Laundry- 3/4", 
 to Bathrooms Nos. — 1”, 
 branches to bathtubs— 3/4”, 
 branches to lavatories— 1/2", 
 branches to water closets— 1/2”, 
 to Bathroom No. — 3/4”, 
 branch to shower- 3/4”, 
 branch to lavatory— 1/2’, 
 branch to site-bath- 1/2", 
 to slop sinks— 3/4", 
 to hose cocks— 3/4’, etc. 
 
 etc. 
 S 56 GARAGE WATER SUPPLY 
 The garage water-supply pipe shall be (a)....... galvanized genuine 
 wrought iron, run at least (b)....... below grade from basement of house 
 to garage, with branches to fixtures as follows:— 
 
 Co) RRR a 
 
 (a) 3/4";- 1-1/4". 
 
 (b) 2 6” ;— 8° ;- etc. 
 
 (c) to steam-heating boiler— 1/2’, 
 to hose cock— 3/4", 
 to sink—- 3/4", 
 to water closet— 1/2'’, etc. 
 
 S57 INDEPENDENT RISERS 
 
 Each column of fixtures shall have independent risers for both hot and 
 cold water lines. There shall be at least 6’’ clear space between hot and cold 
 water pipes. 
 
 S 58 STOP AND DRAIN VALVES 
 
 At the base of each hot and cold water line there shall be a (a)....... 
 cast brass compression stop and drain valve. 
 
 (a) name of brand;— approved. 
 
 S59 CONTROL VALVES 
 
 Approved stop valves to match fittings shall be provided on both hot 
 and cold supplies beneath each fixture. 
 
 PLUMBING 
 
ee — 
 
 oO 
 =) 
 N 
 
S 60 
 
 S 61 
 
 S 62 
 
 S 63 
 
 S 64 
 
 S65 
 
 S 66 
 
 209 
 
 HOSE COCK 
 
 Provide and install 3/4’’ brass hose cocks where indicated on drawings, 
 with valves and drips on inside face of wall. 
 
 AIR CHAMBER 
 
 Air chambers shall be placed on hot and cold-water supply pipes to 
 insure absence of water hammer. 
 
 HOT-WATER SUPPLY 
 
 Connect cold-water supply pipe with water service heating system and 
 run thence hot-water lines and branches similar in size to those of the cold- 
 water supply. Hot-water pipes shall be run to all fixtures excepting water 
 closets and hose cocks. 
 
 CIRCULATING SYSTEM 
 
 From the highest fixture on each hot-water riser run a return pipe of the 
 same diameter. These returns shall have a uniform fall without traps. 
 They shall be collected into a common return main increasing in size, and 
 connected with the hot-water storage tank. The system must be guar- 
 anteed to supply hot-water instantly at all fixtures. 
 
 PROTECTION OF FIXTURES 
 
 Immediately after the setting of any fixture, fitting or piping, this Con- 
 tractor is to protect it adequately against damage. He will be held respon- 
 sible for all fixtures until they are accepted by the Architect. Any fixture or 
 fitting that becomes damaged is to be replaced by this Contractor without 
 extra cost to the Owner. At all stages of the installation, pipe openings 
 must be protected against the entrance of foreign material. 
 
 FITTINGS 
 Unless otherwise specified, all fittings shall be heavily nickel-plated cast 
 brass. All fittings in (a)....... shall be polished brass. 
 
 (a) Kitchen;- Laundry;- etc. 
 
 FIXTURES 
 
 Provide and set all fixtures and fittings necessary to complete the plumb- 
 ing system whether herein specially mentioned or not, in accordance with 
 the following schedule. 
 
 The numbers given below refer to the fixtures manufactured by (a)....... 
 
 (a) name of manufacturer. 
 
 PLUMBING 
 
210 
 S69 RANGE 
 “ Allow the sum of (a)....... for range, to be installed by this Contractor 
 
 where indicated on drawings, and properly connected with chimney flue. 
 The water-back shall be connected to hot-water storage tank with 1” pipe 
 having draw-off cock with hose end. 
 
 (a) estimated cost. 
 
 So eran eee eee ee 
 
 ier Cae 
 
 oe ee 
 
S67 
 
 S68 
 
 S70 
 
 S71 
 
 SCHEDULE OF FIXTURES 
 
 LOCATION FIXTURE CATALOG NO. NO REQUIRED 
 Laundry tubs 
 Kitchen sink 
 Pantry sink 
 Bathrooms Nos. — water closets 
 Bathrooms Nos. — lavatories 
 Bathrooms Nos. — bathtubs 
 Bathroom No. — shower-bath 
 Bathroom No. — |. sitz-bath 
 Bathroom No. — bidet 
 Second floor hall, slop sink, 
 etc. etc. 
 
 ALTERNATE BRANDS 
 
 Goods of (a)....... may be substituted for those above specified if 
 corresponding in quality and operation. No substitution may be made 
 without the approval of the Architect, who shall be absolute judge of the 
 comparative merits of corresponding pieces of different makes. 
 
 (a) name of manufacturer. 
 
 RANGE 
 
 Provide and set a (a)....... range where indicated on drawings, and 
 make proper connection with chimney flue. Connect water-back to hot- 
 water storage tank with 1’ pipe having draw-off cock with hose end. 
 
 (a) name of brand, type and number. 
 
 WATER HEATER 
 
 Provide and set, where indicated on drawings, a (a)....... coal-burning 
 water heater, and make proper connections with chimney flue and _ hot- 
 water storage tank with 1’ pipe having draw-off cock with hose end. 
 
 (a) name of brand, type and number. 
 
 HOT-WATER TANK 
 Provide and set where indicated on drawings a (a)....... hot-water 
 storage tank, and make proper connections to heater and to hot-water piping 
 system. 
 (a) 30 gal. standard weight, galvanized iron;— 40 gal. name of brand, tested to 200 lbs. 
 pressure, copper ;— etc. 
 
 PLUMBING 
 
N 
 _ 
 N 
 
S72 
 
 S73 
 
 213 
 
 GREASE TRAP 
 
 Provide and set, where indicated in (a)....... fe Ba id eo grease 
 trap and make all proper connections. 
 
 (a) basement;— Kitchen, beneath sink;- etc. 
 (b) name of brand size and type;— approved. 
 GARAGE FLOOR DRAIN 
 
 Provide and set in floor of Garage, where indicated, a (a)....... garage 
 floor drain, and make all proper drainage and vent connections. 
 
 (a) name of brand, size and type;- approved. 
 
 PLUMBING 
 
214 
 
Tl 
 
 T2 
 
 T3 
 
 T 4 
 
 215 
 
 VACUUM CLEANING SYSTEM 
 
 WORK INCLUDED 
 
 The work included in this specification is the provision and installation 
 of a vacuum cleaning system as manufactured by (a)....... , complete and 
 ready for operation. This shall consist of motor, exhauster, separator, 
 hose, cleaning tools, piping, wiring and all other appurtenances necessary 
 to provide a complete vacuum cleaning system. The wiring to the motor 
 will be done by the Contractor for “ELECTRIC WIRING.” 
 
 (a) name of manufacturer. 
 
 VACUUM CLEANING MACHINE 
 
 Provide and set in basement, where shown on drawings, a (a)....... 
 vacuum cleaning machine, complete in all its parts. 
 
 (a) name of brand, type and size. 
 
 PIPING 
 From the vacuum cleaning machine run a (a)....... main. From this 
 Tus fence 2’ risers to the top floor where indicated. At the foot of 
 
 each riser place easily accessible cleanout plugs, in such a way that the flow 
 of air is never directly against them. ll piping shall be ‘“‘standard”’ weight 
 galvanized wrought iron, especially selected for smooth interior surface. 
 All burrs must be carefully reamed out. All piping shall be supported on 
 approved pipe hangers, spaced not more than 10’ apart, and shall be thor- 
 oughly secured throughout to prevent vibration. 
 
 All fittings shall be ‘‘standard” long-turn vacuum cleaning fittings. 
 All joints shall be made with unions having inside shoulders against which 
 the pipe is screwed, to insure a smooth inside surface, free from pockets 
 and obstructions. All joints shall be made up with red lead and shellac. 
 
 (a) 2”;- 2-1/2", 
 
 (b) one;— two; etc. 
 
 INLETS 
 
 All inlets shall be located where indicated on drawings, with self-closing 
 valves, hose connections, and plates finished to match hardware. 
 All inlets and branches shall be made with bends; no T connections will 
 
 be allowed. 
 
216 
 
T5 
 
 T6 
 
 T7 
 
 217 
 
 HOSE 
 
 PKCM | HEYA siete feet of best-quality non-collapsible 1-1/2” inside 
 diameter, steel reinforced rubber vacuum hose, with metal terminals. 
 
 (a) 30;- 50;- etc. 
 
 CLEANING TOOLS 
 Provide the following cleaning tools:— (a)....... 
 
 (a) floor handle;- wall handle;- 12’ carpet tool;- 15" bare floor tool;- 10" wall brush;- 
 upholstery cleaner ;— etc. 
 
 TEST 
 
 After piping has been installed and all inlets capped, this Contractor 
 shall test the entire system with force-pump and mercury, in the presence of 
 the Architect. 
 
 VACUUM CLEANING SYSTEM 
 
= 2 ae Ne nO a ng © - SO aa + SF EA 
 
 co 
 — 
 N 
 
Ul 
 
 U2 
 
 U3 
 
 U4 
 
 US 
 
 219 
 
 GAS FITTING 
 
 GENERAL 
 
 The building shall be piped for gas, starting from the meter in basement 
 and running to all points indicated on the drawings. This Contractor shall 
 make all necessary arrangements with the Gas Company and see that the 
 gas meter required is properly installed. His materials and workmanship 
 must conform throughout with all regulations of the local authorities and of 
 the Gas Company. 
 
 DIAGRAM 
 
 Before commencing work this Contractor shall submit to the Architect 
 for approval a diagram showing the proposed arrangement of all piping and 
 valves. 
 
 SYSTEM 
 
 All pipes shall be run as direct as possible, with a constant grade toward 
 the risers and outlets. The system shall be arranged to drain completely 
 all water of condensation. Special drips shall be provided if necessary for 
 this purpose. All branches shall be taken from the sides or top of horizontal 
 lines. Wall outlet branches shall be run from below; all outlets shall be at 
 right angles with the wall or ceiling and shall project 1’’ from the finished 
 surface. All outlets shall be properly capped. 
 
 PIPE 
 
 All pipe shall be black iron of “standard” weight, with galvanized iron 
 beaded fittings, in accordance with the rules of the local authorities and the 
 Gas Company. Piping shall be of sufficient size to supply all burners at one 
 time with a full head. No pipe less than 3/8”’ shall be used. 
 
 VALVES 
 
 Outlets’ for (a) is iiek shall be provided with heavy lever handle gas 
 cocks. 
 
 (a) water-heater ;— range;— etc. 
 
—) 
 N 
 N 
 
U6 
 
 U7 
 
 U8 
 
 U9 
 
 U 10 
 
 221 
 
 SUPPORTS 
 
 All risers, branches, outlets, etc., shall be securely fastened with gal- 
 vanized iron straps and screws to strong cleats on walls and floors. Mains 
 shall be supported on heavy pipe hangers. 
 
 GAS RANGE 
 Provide and set where indicated a (a)....... gas range, and make proper 
 connections with (b)....... 
 
 (a) name of brand, type and size. 
 (b) gas main and chimney flue;— gas main. 
 
 WATER HEATER 
 
 Provide and set where indicated, a (a)....... water heater, and make 
 proper connections with gas and water systems, and connect vent pipe with 
 chimney flue. 
 
 (a) name of brand, type and size. 
 
 CONNECTION TO INCINERATOR 
 Make proper connections for gas burner in incinerator, in accordance 
 with the requirements of the manufacturer. 
 
 TEST 
 
 On completion, this Contractor shall test the entire system as required 
 by the Gas Company, and obtain and file with the Architect a certificate 
 showing that such a test has been completed to the Gas Company’s satis- 
 faction. 
 
 GAS FITTING 
 
N 
 N 
 N 
 
Vi 
 
 V2 
 
 V 3 
 
 V 4 
 
 223 
 
 HEATING 
 
 GENERAL 
 
 All work included under this heading shall be subject to the General Con- 
 ditions of the entire operation. The sub-contractor for this portion of the 
 work is required to refer especially thereto. 
 
 This specification and the accompanying drawings are intended to pro- 
 vide a complete and perfectly working heating system. Anything shown 
 on the drawings and not specified, or vice versa, or any detail omitted which 
 is necessary to the proper installation and completion of the system must be 
 supplied and installed by this Contractor without extra charge. This Con- 
 tractor will be held strictly responsible for the quality of the materials and 
 labor furnished, and for the proper installation of the system. He must 
 employ none but competent workmen on the operation. All cutting and 
 repairing of other work necessary for the installation of the heating system 
 must be done by the Contractor who erected that work. 
 
 On completion, this Contractor shall adjust all apparatus and test the 
 entire system in the presence of the Architect. All coal necessary for the 
 test will be furnished by the Owner. 
 
 GUARANTEE 
 
 This Contractor shall guarantee in writing, a complete and noiseless 
 operation throughout the entire heating system. He shall further guar- 
 antee that the system will fully heat the building to 70 degrees Fahrenheit 
 in zero weather, and shall make good without cost to the Owner any defects 
 in material or workmanship which may develop in his work within one year 
 after the completion and acceptance thereof. 
 
 TEMPORARY INSTALLATION 
 
 The boiler and such piping and radiators as may be necessary, shall be 
 installed in time to keep the temperature throughout the building above 
 the freezing-point during the period of plastering and subsequent drying. 
 The radiators shall be set out from the wall to permit plastering, and reset 
 in their final positions when directed by Architect. 
 
 PROTECTION 
 
 All materials on the ground or set in place must be properly protected. 
 Should damage occur to the same, or any injury be done to any portion of 
 the building by this Contractor, it shall be made good at his expense. 
 
a : Se = 2 — = ‘ m a ee 
 
 224 
 
V5 
 
 V6 
 
 V7 
 
 V8 
 
 V9 
 
 225 
 
 SYSTEM 
 The system of heating to be employed will be (a)....... 
 
 (a) low-pressure steam, one-pipe system;— 
 low-pressure steam, one-pipe system with air line;— 
 low-pressure steam, two-pipe steam;— 
 low-pressure steam, two-pipe system with air line; 
 vapor system;— 
 vacuum system;— 
 hot-water, sealed system;— 
 hot-water, open tank system;— 
 etc. 
 
 FOUNDATION FOR BOILER 
 
 Build a suitable concrete foundation for boiler where shown on drawings, 
 consisting of 4’’ of cinder concrete, composed of 1 part Portland cement and 
 5 parts cinders, with a 1’ finishing coat composed of 1 part cement and 2 
 parts sand. 
 
 BOILER 
 Provide and set where shown on drawings, (a) ....... boiler, with capa- 
 city of not less than (b)....... sq. ft. of radiation. 
 
 Provide a full complement of attachments and fixtures, and a complete 
 set of fire tools, shovel, hoe, flue-cleaner, and any other tools required for the 
 proper operation of the grate and the cleaning and adjusting of the boiler, 
 with suitable rack for hanging tools. 
 
 Connect the boiler properly to the water system, with a shut-off valve. 
 
 (a) number of boilers, name of brand, type and size. 
 (b) 1000;— 5000;- etc. 
 
 WATER-HEATING STACK 
 
 Provide and set a (a)....... water-heating stack, and make proper 
 connections with the boiler. The connections to hot-water storage tank 
 and water-supply system will be made by the Contractor for Plumbing. 
 
 (a) name of brand, type and size. 
 
 SMOKE CONNECTION 
 
 Provide a smoke connection, of the full size of the collar at the rear of the 
 boiler, and connect with the chimney flue. The smoke pipe shall be No. 16 
 gauge galvanized iron, made perfectly tight, and shall be provided with 
 necessary cleanout and damper. 
 
 HEATING 
 
V 10 
 
 Vil 
 
 V 12 
 
 V 13 
 
 V 14 
 
 PIPES 
 
 All pipes used throughout shall be (a)....... genuine wrought iron of 
 “standard” weight. All fittings shall be of the best heavy grey iron with 
 clean-cut threads. 
 
 All supply and return pipes shall be run with proper pitch, without traps 
 or pockets, dripped and relieved where necessary for the noiseless and perfect 
 operation of the system. An approved valve shall be placed on the return 
 pipe near boiler to permit complete drainage of the system. All piping shall 
 be supported on substantial adjustable hangers spaced not more than 10’ 
 apart, and arranged to permit expansion and contraction. All pipes passing 
 through walls, floors or partitions shall have galvanized iron collars or sleeves 
 and approved nickel-plated floor and ceiling plates. All radiators shall 
 be connected to their respective risers or to the mains, by branches of the full 
 size of the valves, with due provision for expansion and contraction. 
 
 (a) name of brand. 
 
 CONCEALED PIPING 
 
 All piping above the basement shall be concealed in the walls, except. 
 where otherwise indicated. 
 
 JOINTS 
 
 All screw joints in pipe lines shall be made steam and water tight without 
 packing of any kind. Only lead and oil, or approved composition shall be 
 used in making joints. 
 
 Right and left couplings shall be used only on pipes 1-1/2” or less. All 
 pipes over 1-1/2” shall be joined together with flanged unions. 
 
 VALVES 
 
 Provide and set all valves shown or required for radiators and connections 
 at boiler, including gate and check valves where necessary. Valves shall be 
 OF eho. s ors make. 
 
 Valves over 2” shall have iron bodies with brass trimmings. Exposed 
 valves in the finished parts of the building shall have nickel-plated trim- 
 mings and (b)....... wheels. 
 
 (a) name of brand;— an approved. 
 (b) polished wooden;— iron;— lock shield. 
 
 AIR VALVES 
 All radiators shall have nickel-plated air valves of (a)....... make. 
 
 (a) name of brand;— approved. 
 
 HEATING 
 
V 15 SEALED SYSTEM TANK 
 2 Provide and set in basement near boiler a closed (a)....... gallon gal- 
 vanized iron expansion tank, and install on return line a (b)....... relief 
 valve. 
 
 (a) 20;- 30;- etc. 
 (b) name of brand. 
 
 V 18 RADIATOR RECESSES 
 2 
 
 All recesses for radiators shall be lined with 3/8” asbestos board. 
 
V 16 
 
 V 17 
 
 229 
 
 OPEN EXPANSION TANK 
 
 Provide and erect, where directed, a (a)....... gallon galvanized iron 
 expansion tank, complete with gauge glass and brass fittings. The tank 
 shall be supported on galvanized iron brackets at least 3’ above the top of 
 the highest radiator, and shall have an overflow pipe run to atmosphere 
 where directed. 
 
 (a) 20;- 30;- etc. 
 
 EXTENSION TO GARAGE 
 
 From heating main in basement of house run a (a)....... pipe to 
 supply heating system in Garage. This pipe shall be encased underground 
 RE ME oN a sectional conduit, with roller supports not more than 15’ 
 apart, and with (c)....... drain underneath. The pipe shall be insulated 
 with approved (d)....... 
 
 (a) 2-1/2" — 3” ;— 4" ;- ete. 
 
 (b) name of brand and diameter. 
 
 (c) base;— farm. 
 (d) sectional pipe covering;— insulating packing. 
 
 RADIATORS 
 
 Provide and set, where shown, sectional cast-iron radiators of (a)....... 
 make, as follows: 
 
 OO ienis 
 
 (a) name of brand. 
 
 (b) LOCATION NO. SECTIONS AT. SQ. FT. STYLE TYPE 
 
 Living-room 2 9 180 “Vento” indirect 
 Dining-room 2 9 25" 81 “Princess”? 8 column 
 Toilet 1 z 9 “ Peerless” wall 
 Garage 1 4 36 “Peerless” wall 
 
 etc. etc. etc. etc. etc, etc, etc, 
 
 RADIATOR RECESSES 
 
 All recesses for radiators shall be lined with 1/8’’ asbestos board and 
 We. Be Tee ve: 
 
 (a) galvanized iron;— black iron painted to match radiators. 
 
 HEATING 
 
230 
 
 DUCTS 
 
 All ducts and registers shall be of sizes shown on drawings. 
 
 PAINTING AND BRONZING 
 
 The painting of radiators and exposed pipes above the basement is pro- 
 vided under the heading “PAINTING.” 
 
 { 
 | 
 i 
 i 
 | 
 i 
 | 
 
V 19 
 
 V 21 
 
 V 22 
 
 V 24 
 
 231 
 
 INDIRECT RADIATION 
 
 Indirect radiator stacks shall be properly hung on heavy wrought-iron 
 hangers, or supported from the floor as approved, and enclosed in No. 22 
 galvanized iron casing. This casing shall have all seams locked and soldered 
 and shall be provided with an air-tight cleanout at bottom. The space 
 between the radiators and the casing shall not be less than 12” at the top 
 and 10” at the bottom. The casing shall be connected to the fresh-air 
 intake and to the register, with No. 24 galvanized iron ducts. The fresh-air 
 intake shall be provided with a damper with quadrant and set screw, and 
 removable 1/2”’ mesh galvanized screen at inlet. 
 
 DUCTS 
 
 Ducts shall be curved at all changes in direction. The sizes of ducts 
 and registers shall be as follows :— 
 
 1) Ra 
 (a) LOCATION NO. COLD-AIR HOT-AIR REGISTER 
 Living room 8, 190 sq. in. 230 sq. in. 850 sq. in. 
 Dining-room 2, 140 sq. in. 170 sq. in. 260 sq. in. 
 etc. etc. etc. etc. etc. 
 REGISTERS 
 Provide and set where indicated on drawings, registers with louvres and 
 frames. Registers shall be of (a)....... make and of approved pattern, 
 
 and shall be finished to match adjacent hardware or trim as required. 
 
 (a) name of brand;— approved. 
 
 RECIRCULATION REGISTERS 
 
 Provide and install where indicated on drawings, recirculation registers 
 and ducts to indirect radiator stacks. Each register shall have a net area 
 of opening equal to the area of the cold-air duct. 
 
 PAINTING RADIATORS 
 
 All radiators and exposed pipes above the basement, unless otherwise 
 specified, shall be thoroughly cleaned at the completion of the work, and 
 painted three good coats of radiator enamel of color to be selected by the 
 Architect. 
 
 BRONZING 
 
 All radiators and exposed pipes (a)....... shall be painted one good 
 coat of radiator bronze. 
 
 (a) in service wing; throughout. 
 
 HEATING 
 
na aa 
 
 232 
 
V 25 
 
 V 26 
 
 V 27 
 
 233 
 
 PAINTING BOILER 
 
 All piping and cast-iron work in the basement, including the face of the 
 boiler, shall be painted with best-quality asphaltum. 
 
 BOILER COVERING 
 
 Boiler shall be covered with a 1-1/2’ coating of asbestos cement, applied 
 on substantial wire mesh securely fastened to the boiler. 
 
 PIPE COVERING 
 
 All main supply and return pipes in basement shall be covered with 1” 
 sectional asbestos covering, put on with metal bands. ll fittings shall be 
 covered with asbestos cement and finished to a hard, smooth surface. 
 
 HEATING 
 
Wil 
 
 W2 
 
 W3 
 
 W 4 
 
 W5 
 
 235 
 
 HOT-AIR HEATING 
 
 GENERAL 
 
 All work included under this heading shall be subject to the General 
 Conditions of the entire operation. The sub-contractor for this portion 
 of the work is required to refer especially thereto. 
 
 All cutting and repairing of other work, necessary for proper installation 
 of the heating system, shall be done by the Contractor for that work. 
 
 GUARANTEE 
 
 The Contractor shall guarantee that this heating system will fully heat 
 the building to 70 degrees Fahrenheit in zero weather. 
 
 FURNACE 
 Provide and install in the proper manner, where indicated on drawings, a 
 yo was hot-air furnace complete in all its parts. Particular care must 
 
 be taken that the furnace be absolutely gas-tight. 
 Provide a complete set of fire tools, shovel, hoe, flue-cleaner, and any 
 
 other tools required for the proper operation of the furnace. 
 
 (a) name of brand, size, type, and number. 
 
 SETTING TWO FURNACES 
 
 The two furnaces, placed side by side, shall supply a common hot-air 
 chamber. The heating pipes leading to the various portions of the building 
 shall be taken from this chamber, so that one or both furnaces may be used 
 as desired. 
 
 SMOKE PIPE 
 
 Provide a smoke connection of the full size of the collar at the rear of the 
 furnace. The smoke pipe shall be No. 16 gauge galvanized iron made per- 
 fectly tight, and shall be provided with a check draught the full area of the 
 pipe. The smoke pipe must be kept at least 12’’ below the ceiling. 
 
COLD-AIR DUCT 
 
 The cold-air duct will be built beneath the cellar floor, and is provided 
 under the heading “BRICKWORK.” 
 
 CHASE LINING 
 
 Line all chases and wood framing through which hot-air pipes pass, 
 with bright tin, leaving an air space between woodwork and pipe. 
 
 PIPE COVERING 
 
 All pipes throughout shall be covered with heavy asbestos sheathing. 
 Basement pipes shall be covered with air-cell asbestos covering secured with 
 metal bands. 
 
W9 
 
 W 10 
 
 237 
 
 COLD-AIR DUCT 
 
 Provide and install a cold-air box, equal in area to 3/4 of total areas of 
 the hot-air ducts, extending from the opening in the outside wall to the 
 furnace. This box shall be of No. 24 galvanized iron, secured to the 
 basement ceiling. There shall be an interior baffle-plate, a regulating 
 damper, and a cleanout door with suitable fastening, where directed by 
 the Architect. Provide a galvanized wire screen with 1/2” mesh at outer 
 end of the duct. 
 
 PIPING 
 
 All hot-air piping shall be made of I. X. bright tin plate, of sizes 
 indicated. Pipes in the basement shall be circular in section and shall be 
 connected with the vertical stacks by means of square boxes. All pipes 
 shall have a rise of at least 1’ per foot. They shall have tight joints and 
 shall be equipped in basement with regulating dampers near the furnace. 
 All pipes in the basement shall be marked with the names of the rooms which 
 they supply. 
 
 ASBESTOS COVERING 
 
 All pipes in chases and wood framing shall be covered with heavy 
 asbestos sheathing. 
 
 REGISTERS 
 
 Provide and set, where indicated on drawings, register boxes with 
 louvres and frames. There shall be a 2” space between register box and 
 tin casing. Registers shall be of (a)....... make, of approved pattern 
 and of sizes and finish as indicated in the schedule. 
 
 (a) name of brand;— approved. 
 
 SCHEDULE OF FLUE AND REGISTER SIZES 
 
 fy Maia 
 
 (a) LOCATION CELLAR PIPE WALL DUCT REGIS TER FINISH 
 Living Room 12" diameter, ote". 12”x14"" _ electro bronze 
 Dining Room 10” diameter, B18", 10"x12", white enamel 
 
 etc. etc. etc. etc. etc. 
 
 HOT-AIR HEATING 
 
239 
 
 W il PAINTING 
 
 This Contractor shall paint all exposed galvanized iron or tin work 
 with two coats of lead and oil paint of color selected by the Architect. 
 
 HOT-AIR HEATING 
 
Xl 
 
 X2 
 
 X 3 
 
 241 
 
 ELECTRIC WIRING 
 
 GENERAL 
 
 All work included under this heading shall be subject to the General 
 Conditions of the entire operation. The sub-contractor for this portion 
 of the work is required to refer especially thereto. 
 
 These specifications are intended to provide for a complete and perfect 
 system of electric wiring. Anything indicated on the drawings and not 
 specified, or vice versa, or any detail omitted which is necessary to the 
 proper installation of the system, must be supplied and installed by this 
 Contractor without extra charge. 
 
 This Contractor shall pay for all permits and connections, for all surveys, 
 and all inspectors’ fees. 
 
 He shall be responsible for any injury to his work from any cause, 
 until accepted by the Architect. He shall comply with all requirements 
 of the local authorities, the Public Service Corporation supplying the 
 current, and the Board of Fire Underwriters. 
 
 He shall place all necessary thimbles and outlet boxes which occur in 
 masonry work, before this work is done, or shall do such cutting and repair- 
 ing as may be necessary, at his own expense and to the approval of the 
 Architect. No cutting of joists or studs shall be done without first securing 
 permission from the Architect. 
 
 MATERIALS 
 
 All wires, switches, fittings, etc., shall be such as are found in the list 
 of approved fittings of the National Board of Fire Underwriters. Samples 
 of all material to be used on the work shall be submitted to the Architect 
 for his approval. 
 
 LAYOUT OF SYSTEM 
 
 The Contractor shall submit a complete layout of the system to the 
 Architect for approval before proceeding with the work. The Architect’s 
 approval will not be given until all drawings have been approved in writing 
 by the Public Service Corporation supplying the current. No approval 
 of the Architect is to be construed as annulling in any way the guarantee 
 of the Contractor for the perfect operation of the system. 
 
X 4 
 
 X5 
 
 X 6 
 
 X7 
 
 X 8 
 
 243 
 
 LOCATION OF OUTLETS 
 
 The locations of outlets are shown on the Architect’s drawings, but 
 must be verified by the Architect at the building before the outlets are 
 placed. Slight changes in the position of outlets, if decided on before any 
 work has been done by this Contractor shall be made by him without extra 
 charge. 
 
 INSPECTION 
 
 The Contractor shall have an inspection of his work made by the local 
 Board of Fire Underwriters, and shall deliver certificates of approval to the 
 Architect before receiving his final payment. 
 
 TESTS 
 
 Upon completion, the Contractor shall test the system in the presence 
 of the Architect. The installation must be such that between the service 
 switch and the most remote fixture not more than 2 per cent drop may be 
 
 found under full load. 
 
 GUARANTEE 
 
 The Contractor shall guarantee his work in writing and make good, 
 without cost to the Owner, any defects in material or workmanship which 
 may develop within one year after the completion and acceptance thereof. 
 
 SYSTEM 
 
 The building shall be wired throughout for current as supplied by the 
 local Electric Company on the two-wire system for branches and three- 
 wire for feeders. The number of lights at each outlet is indicated on the 
 drawings; where no number is given one light is to be understood. Each 
 light shall be considered as 40-watt and of such voltage as is supplied by 
 the Electric Company in the territory. Not more than 16 sockets or 1320 
 watts will be allowed on one circuit. 
 
 ELECTRIC WIRING 
 
X 12 
 
 2 
 
 UNDERGROUND SERVICE CONNECTION 
 
 The service connection shall be run underground in galvanized wrought 
 iron conduit (a) , In trench 2’ deep. Provide and install therein 
 stranded cables with rubber and lead insulation, of sufficient capacity to 
 insure that there shall not be more than 2 per cent drop with all lights turned 
 on. Connect properly with main and with service switch in building. 
 
 (a) with approved coating ;— painted with two coats of red lead paint;— painted with asphalt ;— 
 embedded in 6” of 1: 3:6 concrete. 
 
 UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE CONNECTION 
 
 The telephone connection shall be run underground in similar manner 
 to the electric light service connection, but with at least 8” space between 
 the conduits of the two systems. The size of conduit, size and number of 
 cables, etc. shall be as required by the Telephone Company. 
 
 MANHOLE 
 
 Build manhole 3’x3’ with 8” brick walls, at street end of service con- 
 nection. The manhole shall be brought up to the level of the grade and 
 have a substantial cast-iron frame and manhole cover. 
 
 PANEL BOARD 
 
 Provide and set where marked on drawings a fully equipped (a) 
 panel board with at least two spare circuits. 
 
 (a) name of brand, size, and type. 
 
245 
 
 X9 SERVICE CONNECTION 
 1 The service connection will be brought to the building by the Electric 
 
 Company supplying the current. This Contractor shall see that the Electric 
 Company makes its connections where and as the Architect shall direct. 
 
 X10 METER BOARD 
 Where service enters building, furnish and install a neatly made meter 
 board with all necessary main switches and meters. The meters will be 
 provided by the local Electric Company. 
 
 X il FEEDERS 
 All feeders shall be run 25 per cent heavier than the required load. 
 Feeders shall be three-wire system from meter board to panel board. 
 
 X12 PANEL BOARD 
 1 Provide and set, where marked on drawings, approved slate panel 
 
 board of safety type, with slate side linings, in steel box with (a)....... 
 A directory showing the outlets controlled by each circuit shall be mounted 
 on the inside of the door of the box. Each panel board must have at 
 least two spare circuits. All switches, bars, clips, etc., shall be of approved 
 pattern, strongly secured, of ample capacity to carry the current without 
 heating. 
 
 (a) steel door;- wood door and trim provided by Carpenter. 
 
 ELECTRIC WIRING 
 
KNOB-AND-TUBE WORK 
 
 All wiring (a)....... shall be run with porcelain knobs and tubes. 
 The knobs shall be securely fastened at intervals not greater than 4’ 6”. 
 Where wires pass through studs or joists they must be run through porcelain 
 tubes which project 1/2” beyond each side of the timber. All wires must 
 be stretched tight. Wires must be kept at least 1” from any adjacent sur- 
 face and at least 5’ apart. 
 
 (a) in Garage;— except where otherwise required by the Fire Underwriters’ Association 
 having jurisdiction;— etc. 
 
X 13 
 
 X15 
 
 X 16 
 
 247 
 
 GARAGE CIRCUIT 
 
 From a branch connection on the distributing panel, run a circuit to the 
 Garage. At the point where circuit enters the Garage install an approved 
 switch and cut-out in a steel box, and extend circuits to the various outlets. 
 The feeder to Garage shall be run (a)....... 
 
 (a) overhead, supported by approved insulators at each end;— underground, with lead 
 covered wires, installed in galvanized iron pipe painted with asphalt;— etc. 
 
 CONDUIT WORK 
 
 All wiring (a)....... shall be in (b)....... 
 Conduits must in no case be fastened to gas, water, or other pipes, and 
 shall be kept not less than 5” away from hot-water and heating pipes. 
 
 (a) in masonry walls and floors;— except in Garage;— throughout. 
 (b) black enameled iron conduit;— galvanized iron conduit ;— flexible armored cable. 
 
 RIGID CONDUITS 
 
 All conduits shall be installed behind plaster of walls and in floor con- 
 struction and so run that the wires may be withdrawn at any time. The 
 installation must be completed before any wires are drawn in. The inner 
 diameter of all conduits shall be 1/3 larger than the combined diameter of 
 the wires contained, and in no case shall it be smaller than 5/8”. 
 
 All ends of conduits shall be squarely cut with hack saws, the use of 
 cutting wheels will not be allowed. Conduits shall be threaded and reamed 
 out clean before being put together. Joints shall be made with plain iron 
 couplings, freshly coated with white lead just before being secured together. 
 Each joint shall be coated with waterproof paint as soon as it is completed. 
 
 Where conduits enter cabinets and outlets they must be threaded and 
 secured with two lock-nuts, or be threaded into the material of the box, 
 and have one lock-nut. 
 
 Conduits shall run as nearly straight as possible between outlets and 
 switches. Where more than three bends are required an intersection or 
 junction box shall be introduced to relieve the strain in pulling the wires. 
 
 OUTLETS 
 Wiring shall terminate at all outlets in stamped steel outlet boxes of 
 approved make, and similar finish to conduit. Outlet boxes shall be located 
 where directed, set so that the plates will be flush with the finished wall or 
 base board, and protected from injury by the plasterers or other workmen. 
 Where two or more switches are located side by side they shall be set 
 in a gang box. 
 
 ELECTRIC WIRING 
 
248 
 
 X 22 FIXTURES 
 2 Allow the sum of (a)....... to cover the cost of fixtures, bulbs, and 
 glassware, which shall be selected by the Architect and installed by b 
 
 (a) estimated cost. 
 (6) this Contractor ;— the manufacturer. 
 
 os) ee 8 ee 
 
X17 
 
 X 18 
 
 X 19 
 
 X 20 
 
 X 21 
 
 249 
 
 FIXTURE SUPPORTS 
 
 Boxes for fixture outlets shall have suitable studs for the support of the 
 fixtures, so arranged that the weight of the fixture will not come on the out- 
 let box. 
 
 WIRE 
 
 All wire and cable used throughout shall be 98 per cent pure copper, 
 rubber covered ana with braided insulation as approved by the National 
 Board of Fire Underwriters. No wire smaller than No. 14 B. & 8. gauge 
 shall be used. All wires larger than No. 6 inclusive shall be stranded. 
 
 WIRE JOINTS 
 
 Joints and splices will only be permitted at junction or outlet boxes, 
 never inside conduits. All joints shall be firmly soldered without acid, 
 and taped, first with rubber tape and then with friction tape equivalent in 
 thickness to the insulation of the wire. 
 
 SWITCHES 
 
 All wall switches shall be (a)....... with metal plates not less than 
 004” thick, finished to match the adjacent hardware. Switches must be 
 of the highest quality in type and workmanship, and must be approved 
 
 by the Architect. 
 Install three-way switches where marked on drawings. Where two or 
 
 more switches are located side by side, they shall have one single plate. 
 
 (a) name of brand and type;— push type;— tumbler ;— etc. 
 
 MARKED PLATES 
 
 Gang plates shall have the lights controlled by each switch (a)....... 
 on the plate. 
 
 (a) engraved;— stamped. 
 
 FIXTURES 
 All fixtures will be furnished and installed under a separate contract. 
 
 RECEPTACLES 
 
 Provide and install where noted on drawings, (@).....-. flush recep- 
 tacles of the pin type with plates and plugs complete. All metal work shall 
 be finished to match the adjacent hardware. 
 
 (a) name of brand and type;— approved. 
 
 ELECTRIC WIRING 
 
X 24 
 
 X 25 
 
 X 26 
 
 X27 
 
 X 28 
 
 X 29 
 
 251 
 
 PILOT CIRCUITS 
 Provide pilot circuits for (a)....... 
 
 (a) electric iron receptacle ;— outlet in basement with pilot showing in kitchen;— ete. 
 
 MOTOR CONNECTIONS 
 
 This Contractor shall make all motor connections for (a)....... where 
 indicated, as required by the manufacturer of the motor, or as may be 
 necessary. 
 
 (a) water supply system;— vacuum cleaning system;— etc. 
 
 ELECTRIC BELL CIRCUITS 
 
 Provide and install, where directed, push buttons to ring bells as 
 follows :- 
 
 (a) Front door, ringing in Pantry and third story rear hall (2” bell). 
 Back door, ringing in Kitchen (sleigh bell). 
 Dining Room floor, ringing in Kitchen (buzzer). 
 Bedroom, ringing in Chauffeur’s Room in Garage (2’" bell). 
 Living Room 
 Study all on one annunciator in Pantry. 
 Bedroom No. — 
 etc. 
 
 TRANSFORMER 
 
 The current for electric bells shall be taken from the electric light circuit 
 through an approved bell-ringing transformer, conforming to the require- 
 ments of the Fire Underwriters’ Association, to be located in basement 
 
 where directed. : 
 BELL WORK 
 
 All wire for bell work shall be not less than No. 18 B.&S. gauge 
 COP wae wire of best quality, to be approved by the Architect. All 
 wires shall be run in(b)....... , concealed in partitions. 
 
 All bells and buzzers shall be of make and size approved by the Archi- 
 tect. 
 
 (a) damp-proof office;— rubber-covered. 
 (b) an approved manner ;— conduit. 
 ANNUNCIATOR 
 
 Annunciators shall be (a)....... with a drop indicator for each push 
 button, and at least two extra for future use. 
 
 (a) name of brand and pattern;— approved make. 
 
 ELECTRIC WIRING 
 
X 30 
 
 X 31 
 
 X 32 
 
 X 33 
 
 PUSH BUTTONS 
 
 Push buttons shall be as follows:- 
 
 fs DARE 
 All metal work shall be finished to match the adjacent hardware. 
 
 (a) Exterior doors—approved waterproof type, to match door hardware;- etc. 
 Dining Room—nickel-plated clamp and push button, connected by 6’ of silk cord 
 
 with detachable connection in center of floor;— etc. 
 Bedrooms—pear-shaped type, connected to plug connections in base board by 6” of 
 
 silk cord;— etc. 
 All others—midget type, pearl buttons, brass plate set in door trim or where shown 
 
 on drawings. 
 
 OUTSIDE TELEPHONE SERVICE 
 
 Run conduit, to be approved by the Telephone Company, from the 
 exterior wall, where directed, to outlet in (a)....... with approved face 
 plate at outlet. Leave a No. 14 iron wire in conduit for pulling in future 
 telephone wires. 
 
 (a) Coat closet;— Bedroom No. —;- ete. 
 
 HOUSE TELEPHONE 
 Provide and install a House Telephone System with the following con- — 
 nections and instruments:- 
 
 Ca 
 
 These telephones shall be intercommunicating, allowing any station to 
 call up any other. 
 
 The system shall consist of (b)....... telephones, complete with neces- 
 sary conduits, outlet boxes, cover plates, wires, batteries, etc., as specified 
 or recommended by the manufacturer of the telephones. 
 
 (a) Bedroom No. —, desk phone. 
 
 Kitchen, flush wall phone. 
 
 Garage, flush wall phone. 
 
 Coat closet, first story, flush wall phone. 
 (b) name of brand, size, and type. 
 
 SPEAKING TUBES 
 
 Provide and install a complete system of speaking tubes as indicated on 
 drawings. The tubing shall be heavily plated block tin pipe 1” in diameter, 
 perfectly soldered at all joints and seams, and shall be supported with pipe 
 straps. All changes in direction shall be made with proper fittings. 
 Mouthpieces shall be porcelain with indicating flaps and whistles. set 
 4’-10” above floor. 
 
 ELECTRIC WIRING 
 
| 255 
 f i he * k - “4 AS — ta 
 * 
 Cur KK.) &T2, S Ac 5 
 Cia i Aimee ae RR 
 THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRA. SOR hess 
 nasi ; » 
 Standard Form of the American Institute of Architects 
 These General Conditions have received the approval of the National Association of Builders’ 
 Exchanges, the Associated General Contractors of America, the Joint Conference on Construc- 
 tion Contracts, the National Association of Master Plumbers, the National Association of 
 Sheet Metal Contractors of the United States, the National Electrical Contractors’ Association 
 of the United States, the National Association of Marble Dealers, the Building Granite Quarries 
 Association, and the Building Trades Employers’ Association of the City of New York. 
 FOURTH EDITION, COPYRIGHT 1915~1918-1925 BY THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, THE OCTAGON HOUSE, 
 WASHINGTON, D. C. 
 INDEX TO THE ARTICLES OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS 
 1. Definitions. 23. Contractor’s Right-to Stop Work or Terminate Contract. 
 2. Execution, Correlation and Intent of Documents. 24. Applications for’ Payments. 
 3. Detail Drawings and Instructions. 25. Certificates.of Payments. 
 4. Copies Furnished. 26. Payments Withheld. 
 5. Shop Drawings. 27. Contractor’s Liability Insurance. 
 6. Drawings and Specifications on the Work. 28. Owner's Liability Insurance. 
 7. Ownership of Drawings and Models. 29: Fire Insurance. 
 8. Samples. 30. Guaranty Bonds. 
 9. Materials, Appliances, Employes. 31. Damages. 
 10. Royalties and Patents. 32. Liens. 
 11. Surveys, Permits and Regulations. 33. Assignment. 
 12. Protection of Work and Property. 34. Mutual Responsibility of Contractors. 
 13. Inspection of Work. 35. Separate Contracts. 
 14, Superintendence: Supervision. 36. Subcontracts. 
 15. Changes in the Work. 37. Relations of Contractor and Subcontractor. 
 16. Claims for Extra Cost. 38. Architect’s Status. 
 17. Deductions for Uncorrected Work. 39. Architect’s Decisions. 
 18. Delays and Extension of Time. 40. Arbitration. 
 19. Correction of Work Before Final Payment. 41. Cash Allowances. 
 20. Correction of Work After Final Payment. 42. Use of Premises. 
 21. Owner’s Right to Do Work. 43. Cutting, Patching and Digging. 
 22. Owner’s Right to Terminate Contract. 44, Cleaning Up. 
 
 Art.1. Definitions. 
 
 (a) The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement, the General Conditions of the Contract, 
 the Drawings and Specifications, including all modifications thereof incorporated in the 
 documents before their execution. These form the Contract. 
 
 (b) The Owner, the Contractor and the Architect are those mentioned as such in the Agreement. 
 They are treated throughout the Contract Documents as if each were of the singular 
 number and masculine gender. 
 
 (c) The term Subcontractor, as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract 
 with the Contractor and it includes one who furnishes material worked to a special 
 design according to the plans or specifications of this work, but does not include one 
 who merely furnishes material not so worked. 
 
(d) Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the indi- 
 vidual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is 
 intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered mail to the last business address known 
 to him who gives the notice. 
 
 (e) The term “ work ’’ of the Contractor or Subcontractor includes labor or materials or both. 
 
 (f) All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract: 
 
 (g) The law of the place of building shall govern the construction of this Contract. 
 
 Art. 2. Execution, Correlation and Intent of Documents.—The Contract Documents shall be signed in 
 duplicate by the Owner and the Contractor. In case the Owner and the Contractor fail to sign the General 
 Conditions, Drawings or Specifications, the Architect shall identify them. 
 
 The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is called for by any one shall be as binding as 
 if called for by all. The intention of the documents is to include all labor and materials, equipment and 
 transportation necessary for the proper execution of the work. It is not intended, however, that materials 
 or work not covered by or properly inferable from any heading, branch, class or trade of the specifications 
 shall be supplied unless distinctly so noted on the drawings. Materials or work described in words which 
 so applied have a well known technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standards. 
 
 Art. 3. Detail Drawings and Instructions.—The Architect shall furnish with reasonable promptness, 
 additional instructions, by means of drawings or otherwise, necessary for the proper execution of the work. 
 All such drawings and instructions shall be consistent with the Contract Documents, true developments 
 thereof, and reasonably inferable therefrom. The work shall be executed in conformity therewith and the 
 Coniractor shall do no work without proper drawings and instructions. 
 
 The Contractor and the Architect, if either so requests, shall jointly prepare a schedule, subject to 
 change from time to time in accordance with the progress of the work, fixing the dates at which the various 
 detail drawings will be required, and the Architect shall furnish them in accordance with that schedule. 
 Under like conditions, a schedule shall be prepared, fixing the dates for the submission of shop drawings, 
 
 or the beginning of manufacture and installation of materials and for the completion of the various parts 
 of the work. 
 
 Art. 4. Copies Furnished.—Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents the Architect. will 
 
 furnish to the Contractor, free of charge, all copies of drawings and specifications reasonably necessary for 
 the execution of the work. 
 
 Art. 5. Shop Drawings.—The Contractor shall submit with such promptness as to cause no delay in his 
 own work or in that of any other Contractor, two copies of all shop or setting drawings and schedules required 
 for the work of the various trades, and the Architect shall pass upon them with reasonable promptness. 
 The Contractor shall make any corrections required by the Architect, file with him two corrected copies 
 and furnish such other copies as may be needed. The Architect’s approval of such drawings or schedules 
 shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for deviations from drawings or specifications, unless 
 he has in writing called the Architect’s attention to such deviations at the time of submission, nor shall it 
 relieve him from responsibility for errors of any sort in shop drawings or schedules. 
 
 Art.6. Drawings and Specifications on the Work.—The Contractor shall keep one copy of all drawings 
 and specifications on the work, in good order, available to the Architect and to his representatives. 
 
 Art. 7. Ownership of Drawings and Models.—All drawings, specifications and copies thereof furnished 
 by the Architect are his property. They are not to be used on other work and, with the exception of the 
 signed Contract set, are to be returned to him on request, at the completion of the work. All models are 
 the property of the Owner. 
 
 Art. 8. Samples.—The Contractor shall furnish for approval all samples as directed. The work shall be 
 in accordance with approved samples. 
 
257 
 
 Art. 9. Materials, Appliances, Employes.—Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and 
 pay for all materials, labor, water, tools, equipment, light, power, transportation and other facilities neces- 
 sary for the execution and completion of the work. 
 
 Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be of 
 good quality. The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality 
 of materials. 
 
 The Contractor shall at all times enforce strict discipline and good order among his employes, and shall 
 not employ on the work any unfit person or any one not skilled in the work assigned to him. 
 
 Art. 10. Royalties and Patents.—The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. - He shall defend 
 all suits or claims for infringement of any patent rights and shall save the Owner harmless from loss on 
 account thereof, except that the Owner shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular process or the 
 product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified, but if the Contractor has information 
 that the process or article specified is an infringement of a patent he shall be responsible for such loss unless 
 he promptly gives such information to the Architect or Owner. 
 
 Art. 11. Surveys, Permits and Regulations.—The Owner shall furnish all surveys unless otherwise 
 specified. Permits and licenses of a temporary nature necessary for the prosecution of the work shall be 
 secured and paid for by the Contractor. Permits, licenses and easements for permanent structures or 
 permanent changes in existing facilities shall be secured and paid for by the Owner, unless otherwise specified. 
 
 The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations bear- 
 ing on the conduct of the work as drawn and specified. If the Contractor observes that the drawings and 
 specifications are at variance therewith, he shall promptly notify the Architect in writing, and any necessary 
 changes shall be adjusted as provided in the Contract for changes in the work. If the Contractor performs 
 any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice 
 to the Architect, he shall bear all costs arising therefrom. 
 
 Art. 12. Protection of Work and Property.—The Contractor shall continuously maintain adequate 
 protection of all his work from damage and shall protect the Owner’s property from injury or loss arising 
 in connection with this Contract. He shall make good any such damage, injury or loss, except such as 
 may be directly due to errors in the Contract Documents or caused by agents or employes of the Owner. 
 He shall adequately protect adjacent property as provided by law and the Contract Documents. He shall 
 provide and maintain all passage ways, guard fences, lights and other facilities for protection required by 
 public authority or local conditions. 
 
 In an emergency affecting the safety of life or of the work or of adjoining property, the Contractor, 
 without special instruction or authorization from the Architect or Owner, is hereby permitted to act, at 
 his discretion, to prevent such threatened loss or injury, and he shall so act, without appeal, if so instructed 
 or authorized. Any compensation, claimed by the Contractor on account of emergency work, shall be 
 
 determined by agreement or Arbitration. 
 
 Art. 13. Inspection of Work.—The Architect and his representatives shall at all times have access to the 
 work wherever it is in preparation or progress and the Contractor shall provide proper facilities for such 
 access and for inspection. 
 
 If the specifications, the Architect’s instructions, laws, ordinances or any public authority require 
 any work to be specially tested or approved, the Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of its 
 readiness for inspection, and if the inspection is by another authority than the Architect, of the date fixed 
 for such inspection. Inspections by the Architect shall be promptly made, and where practicable at the 
 source of supply. If any work should be covered up without approval or consent of the Architect, it must, 
 if required by the Architect, be uncovered for examination at the Contractor’s expense. 
 
 Re-examination of questioned work may be ordered by the Architect and if so ordered the work must 
 be uncovered by the Contractor. If such work be found in accordance with the Contract Documents the 
 Owner shall pay the cost of re-examination and replacement. If such work be found not in accordance 
 
 APPENDIX 
 
258 
 
 with the Contract Documents the Contractor shall pay such cost, unless he shall show that the defect in 
 the work was caused by another Contractor, and in that event the Owner shall pay such cost. 
 
 Art. 14. Superintendence: Supervision.—The Contractor shall keep on his work, during its progress, 
 a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to the Architect. The super- 
 tendent shall not be changed except with the consent of the Architect, unless the superintendent proves to 
 be unsatisfactory to the Contractor and ceases to be in his employ. The superintendent shall represent 
 the Contractor in his absence and all directions given to him shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. 
 Important directions shall be confirmed in writing to the Contractor. Other directions shall be so confirmed 
 on written request in each case. 
 
 The Contractor shall give efficient supervision to the work using his best skill and attention. He shall 
 carefully study and compare all drawings, specifications and other instructions and shall at once report 
 to the Architect any error, inconsistency or omission which he may discover, but he shall not be held respon- 
 sible for their existence or discovery. 
 
 Art. 15. Changes in the Work.—The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order extra work 
 or make changes by altering, adding to or deducting from the work, the Contract Sum being adjusted 
 accordingly. All such work shall be executed under the conditions of the original contract except that any 
 claim for extension of time caused thereby shall be adjusted at the time of ordering such change. 
 
 In giving instructions, the Architect shall have authority to make minor changes in the work, not 
 involving extra cost, and not inconsistent with the purposes of the building, but otherwise, except in an 
 emergency endangering life or property, no extra work or change shall be made unless in pursuance of a 
 written order from the Owner signed or countersigned by the Architect, or a written order from the Architect 
 stating that the Owner has authorized the extra work or change, and no claim for an addition to the contract 
 sum shall be valid unless so ordered. 
 
 The value of any such extra work or change shall be determined in one or more of the following ways: 
 (a) By estimate and acceptance in a lump sum. 
 (b) By unit prices named in the contract or subsequently agreed upon. 
 (c) By cost and percentage or by cost and a fixed fee. 
 
 If none of the above methods is agreed upon, the Contractor, provided he receives an order as 
 above, shall proceed with the work. In such case and also under case (c), he shall keep and present in such 
 form as the Architect may direct, a correct account of the net cost of labor and materials, together with 
 vouchers. In any case, the Architect shall certify to the amount, including reasonable allowance for over- 
 head and profit, due to the Contractor. Pending final determination of value, payments on account of 
 changes shall be made on the Architect’s certificate. 
 
 Art. 16. Claims for Extra Cost.—If the Contractor claims that any instructions by drawings or otherwise 
 involve extra cost under this contract, he shall give the Architect written notice thereof within a reasonable 
 time after the receipt of such instructions, and in any event before proceeding to execute the work, except in 
 emergency endangering life or property, and the procedure shall then be as provided for changes in the work. 
 No such claim shall be valid unless so made. 
 
 Art. 17. Deductions for Uncorrected Work.—If the Architect and Owner deem it inexpedient to correct 
 work injured or done not in accordance with the Contract, an equitable deduction from the contract price 
 shall be made therefor. 
 
 Art. 18. Delays and Extension of Time.—If the Contractor be delayed at any time in the progress of the 
 work by any act or neglect of the Owner or the Architect, or of any employe of either, or by any other Con- 
 tractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the work, or by strikes, lockouts, fire, unusual 
 delay in transportation, unavoidable casualties or any causes beyond the Contractor’s control, or by delay 
 authorized by the Architect pending arbitration, or by any cause which the Architect shall decide to justify 
 the delay, then the time of completion shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Architect may 
 decide. 
 
259 
 
 No such extension shall be made for delay occurring more than seven days before claim therefor is made 
 in writing to the Architect. In the case of a continuing cause of delay, only one claim is necessary. 
 
 If no schedule or agreement stating the dates upon which drawings shall be furnished is made, then no 
 claim for delay shall be allowed on account of failure to furnish drawings until two weeks after demand 
 for such drawings and not then unless such claim be reasonable. 
 
 This article does not exclude the recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provisions 
 in the contract documents. 
 
 Art. 19. Correction of Work Before Final Payment.—The Contractor shall promptly remove from the 
 premises all materials condemned by the Architect as failing to conform to the Contract, whether incor- 
 porated in the work or not, and the Contractor shall promptly replace and re-execute his own work in 
 accordance with the Contract and without expense to the Owner and shall bear the expense of making good 
 all work of other contractors destroyed or damaged by such removal or replacement. 
 
 If the Contractor does not remove such condemned work and materials within a reasonable time, 
 fixed by written notice, the Owner may remove them and may store the material at the expense of the 
 Contractor. If the Contractor does not pay the expenses of such removal within ten days thereafter, the 
 Owner may, upon ten days’ written notice, sell such materials at auction or at private sale and shall 
 account for the net proceeds thereof, after deducting all the costs and expenses that should have been 
 
 borne by the Contractor. 
 
 Art. 20. Correction of Work After Final Payment.—Neither the final certificate nor payment nor any 
 provision in the Contract Documents shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for faulty materials or 
 workmanship and, unless otherwise specified, he shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any 
 damage to other work resulting therefrom, which shall appear within a period of one year from the date 
 of substantial completion. The Owner shall give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. 
 All questions arising under this article shall be decided by the Architect subject to arbitration. 
 
 Art. 21. The Owner’s Right to Do Work.—If the Contractor should neglect to prosecute the work properly 
 or fail to perform any provision of this contract, the Owner, after three days’ written notice to the Con- 
 tractor may, without prejudice to any other remedy he may have, make good such deficiencies and may 
 deduct the cost thereof from the payment then or therafter due the Contractor; provided, however, that the 
 Architect shall approve both such action and the amount charged to the Contractor. 
 
 Art. 22. Owner’s Right to Terminate Contract.—If the Contractor should be adjudged a bankrupt, or if 
 he should make a general assignment for the benefit of his creditors, or if a receiver should be appointed on 
 account of his insolvency, or if he should pefsistently or repeatedly refuse or should fail, except in cases for 
 which extension of time is provided, to supply enough properly skilled workmen or proper materials, or if 
 he should fail to make prompt payment to subcontractors or for material or labor, or persistently disregard 
 tructions of the Architect, or otherwise be guilty of a substantial violation of any 
 hen the Owner, upon the certificate of the Architect that sufficient cause exists 
 to justify such action, may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy and after giving the Contractor 
 seven days’ written notice, terminate the employment of the Contractor and take possession of the premises 
 and of all materials, tools and appliances thereon and finish the work by whatever method he may deem 
 expedient. In such case the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the work is 
 finished. If the unpaid balance of the contract price shall exceed the expense of finishing the work including 
 compensation for additional managerial and administrative services, such excess shall be paid to the Con- 
 tractor. If such expense shall exceed such unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the 
 Owner. The expense incurred by the Owner as herein provided, and the damage incurred through the Con- 
 
 tractor’s default, shall be certified by the Architect. 
 
 laws, ordinances or the ins 
 provision of the contract, t 
 
 Art. 23. Contractor’s Right to Stop Work or Terminate Contract.—If the work should be stopped under 
 an order of any court, or other public authority, for a period of three months, through no act or fault of the 
 
 APPENDIX 
 
260 
 
 Contractor or of anyone employed by him, or if the Architect should fail to issue any certificate for payment 
 within seven days after it is due, or if the Owner should fail to pay to the Contractor within seven days of its 
 maturity and presentation, any sum certified by the Architect or awarded by arbitrators, then the Con- 
 _ tractor may, upon seven days’ written notice to the Owner and the Architect, stop work or terminate this 
 contract and recover from the Owner payment for all work executed and any loss sustained upon any plant 
 or materials and reasonable profit and damages. 
 
 Art. 24. Applications for Payments.—The Contractor shall submit to the Architect an application for 
 each payment, and, if required, receipts or other vouchers, showing his payments for materials and labor, 
 including payments to subcontractors as required by Art. 37. 
 
 If payments are made on valuation of work done, such application shall be submitted at least ten days 
 before each payment falls due, and, if required, the Contractor shall, before the first application, submit to 
 the Architect a schedule of values of the various parts of the work, including quantities, aggregating the total 
 sum of the contract, divided so as to facilitate payments to sub-contractors in accordance with Article 37 (e), 
 made out in such form as the Architect and the Contractor may agree upon, and, if required, supported by 
 such evidence as to its correctness as the Architect may direct. This schedule, when approved by the 
 Architect, shall be used as a basis for certificates of payment, unless it be found to bein error. In applying for 
 payments, the Contractor shall submit a statement based upon this schedule, and, if required, itemized in such 
 form and supported by such evidence as the Architect may direct, showing his right to the payment claimed. 
 
 If payments are made on account of materials delivered and suitably stored at the site but not incor- 
 porated in the work, they shall, if required by the Architect, be conditional upon submission by the Con- 
 tractor of bills of sale or such other procedure as will establish the Owner’s title to such material or otherwise 
 adequately protect the Owner’s interest. 
 
 Art. 25. Certificates of Payments.—If the Contractor has made application as above, the Architect shall, 
 not later than the date when each payment falls due, issue to the Contractor a certificate for such amount 
 as he decides to be properly due. 
 
 No certificate issued nor payment made to the Contractor, nor partial or entire use or occupancy of 
 the work by the Owner, shall be an acceptance of any work or materials not in accordance with this contract. 
 The making and acceptance of the final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims by the Owner, other 
 than those arising from unsettled liens, from faulty work appearing after final payment or from requirement 
 of the specifications, and of all claims by the Contractor, except those previously made and still unsettled. 
 
 Should the Owner fail to pay the sum named in any certificate-of the Architect or in any award by arbi- 
 tration, upon demand when due, the Contractor shall receive, in addition to the sum named in the certificate. 
 interest thereon at the legal rate in force at the place of building. 
 
 Art. 26. Payments Withheld.—The Architect may withhold or, on account of subsequently discovered 
 evidence, nullify the whole or a part of any certificate to such extent as may be necessary to protect the 
 Owner from loss on account of: 
 
 (a) Defective work not remedied. 
 
 (b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims. 
 
 (c) Failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to subcontractors or for material or labor. 
 (d) A reasonable doubt that the contract can be completed for the balance then unpaid. 
 
 (e) Damage to another Contractor. 
 
 When the above grounds are removed payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them. 
 
 Art. 27. Contractor’s Liability Insurance.—The Contractor shall maintain such insurance as will protect 
 him from claims under workmen’s compensation acts and from any other claims for damages for personal 
 injury, including death, which may arise from operations under this Contract, whether such operations 
 be by himself or by any subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them. Cer- 
 
261 
 
 tificates of such insurance shall be filed with the Owner, if he so require, and shall be subject to his approval 
 for adequacy of protection. 
 
 Art. 28. Owner’s Liability Insurance.—The Owner shall be responsible for and at his option may maintain 
 such insurance as will protect him from his contingent liability for damages for personal injury, including 
 death, which may arise from operations under this contract. 
 
 Art. 29. Fire Insurance.—The Owner shall effect and maintain fire insurance upon the entire structure on 
 which the work of this contract is to be done and upon all materials, in or adjacent thereto and intended for 
 use thereon, to at least eighty per cent of the insurable value thereof. The loss, if any, is to be made adjust- 
 able with and payable to the Owner as Trustee for whom it may concern. 
 
 All policies shall be open to inspection by the Contractor. If the Owner fails to show them on request, 
 or if he fails to effect or maintain insurance as above, the Contractor may insure his own interest and charge 
 the cost thereof to the Owner. If the Contractor is damaged by failure of the Owner to maintain such 
 insurance, he may recover as stipulated in the contract for recovery of damages. 
 
 If required in writing by any party in interest, the Owner as Trustee shall, upon the occurrence of loss, 
 give bond for the proper performance of his duties. He shall deposit any money received from insurance in 
 an account separate from all his other funds and he shall distribute it.in accordance with such agreement as 
 the parties in interest may reach, or under an award of arbitrators appointed, one by the Owner, another 
 by joint action of the other parties in interest, all other procedure being as provided elsewhere in the con- 
 tract for Arbitration. If after loss no special agreement is made, replacement of injured work shall be 
 ordered and executed as provided for changes in the work. 
 
 The Trustee shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the Con- 
 tractors interested shall object in writing within three working days of the occurrence of loss, and there- 
 upon arbitrators shall be chosen as above. The Trustees shall in that case make settlement with the insurers 
 +n accordance with the directions of such arbitrators, who shall also, if distribution by arbitration is required, 
 
 direct such distribution. 
 
 Art. 30. Guaranty Bonds.—The Owner shall have the right, prior to the signing of the Contract, to require 
 the Contractor to furnish bond covering the faithful performance of the Contract and the payment of all 
 obligations arising thereunder, in such form as the Owner may prescribe and with such sureties as he may 
 approve. If such bond is required by instructions given previous to the submission of bids, the premium 
 
 shall be paid by the Contractor; if subsequent thereto, it shall be paid by the Owner. 
 
 Art. 31. Damages.—If either party to this Contract should suffer damage in any manner because of any 
 wrongful act or neglect of the other party or of anyone employed by him, then he shall be reimbursed by the 
 other party for such damage. 
 
 Claims under this clause shall be made in writing to the party liable within a reasonable time of the first 
 observance of such damage and not later than the time of final payment, except as expressly stipulated other- 
 wise in the case of faulty work or materials, and shall be adjusted by agreement or arbitration. 
 
 Art. 32. Liens.—Neither the final payment nor any part of the retained percentage shall become due 
 until the Contractor, if required, shall deliver to the Owner a complete release of all liens arising out of this 
 Contract, or receipts in full in lieu thereof and, if required in either case, an affidavit that so far as he has 
 knowledge or information the releases and receipts include all the labor and material for which a lien could be 
 filed; but the Contractor may, if any subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or receipt in full, furnish a 
 bond satisfactory to the Owner, to indemnify him against any lien. If any lien remain unsatisfied after all 
 payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all moneys that the latter may be compelled 
 to pay in discharging such a lien, including all costs and a reasonable attorney’s fee. 
 
 Art. 33. Assignment.—Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract or sublet it as a whole 
 without the written consent of the other, nor shall the Contractor assign any moneys due or to become due 
 to him hereunder, without the previous written consent of the Owner. 
 
 APPENDIX 
 
262 
 
 Art. 34. Mutual Responsibility of Contractors.—Should the Contractor cause damage to any other con- 
 tractor on the work the Contractor agrees, upon due notice, to settle with such contractor by agreement or 
 arbitration, if he will so settle. If such other contractor sues the Owner on account of any damage alleged 
 to have been so sustained, the Owner shall notify the Contractor, who shall defend such proceedings at the 
 Owner’s expense and, if any judgment against the Owner arise therefrom. the Contractor shall pay or satisfy 
 it and pay all costs incurred by the Owner. 
 
 Art. 35. Separate Contracts.—The Owner reserves the right to let other contracts in connection with this 
 work. The Contractor shall afford other contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage 
 of their materials and the execution of their work, and shall properly connect and coordinate his work with 
 theirs. 
 
 If any part of the Contractor’s work depends for proper execution or resuts upon the work of any other 
 contractor, the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Architect any defects in such work that 
 render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. His failure so to inspect and report shall consti- 
 tute an acceptance of the other contractor’s work as fit and proper for the reception of his work, except as to 
 
 defects which may develop in the other contractor’s work after the execution of his work. 
 - To insure the proper execution of his subsequent work the Contractor shall measure work already in 
 
 place and shall at once report to the Architect any discrepancy between the executed work and the 
 drawings. 
 
 Art. 36. Subcontracts.—The Contractor shall, as soon as practicable after the signature of the contract, 
 notify the Architect in writing of the names of subcontractors proposed for the principal parts of the work 
 and for such others as the Architect may direct and shall not employ any that the Architect may within a 
 reasonable time object to as incompetent or unfit. 
 
 If the Contractor has submitted before signing the contract a list of subcontractors and the change of 
 any name on such list is required in writing by the Owner after signature of agreement, the contract price 
 
 shall be increased or diminished by the difference in cost occasioned by such change. 
 
 The Architect shall, on request, furnish to any subcontractor, wherever practicable, evidence of the 
 amounts certified on his account. | 
 
 The Contractor agrees that he is as fully responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of his 
 subcontractors and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them, as he is for the acts and 
 omissions of persons directly employed by him. 
 
 Nothing contained in the contract documents shall create any contractual relation between any sub- 
 contractor and the Owner. 
 
 Art. 37. Relations of Contractor and Subcontractor.—The Contractor agrees to bind every Subcontractor 
 and every Subcontractor agrees to be bound by the terms of the Agreements, the General Conditions, the 
 Drawings and Specifications as far as applicable to his work, including the following provisions of this article, 
 
 unless specifically noted to the contrary in a subcontract approved in writing as adequate by the Owner or 
 Architect. 
 
 This does not apply to minor subcontracts. 
 The Subcontractor agrees— 
 
 (a) To be bound to the Contractor by the terms of the Agreement, General Conditions, Drawings and 
 Specifications, and to assume toward him all the obligations and responsibilities that he, by those documents, 
 assumes toward the Owner. 
 
 (b) To submit to the Contractor applications for payment in such reasonable time as to enable the Con- 
 tractor to apply for payment under Article 24 of the General Conditions. 
 
 (c) To make all claims for extras, for extensions of time and for damages for delays or otherwise, to the 
 Contractor in the manner provided in the General Conditions for like claims by the Contractor upon 
 the Owner, except that the time for making claims for extra cost is one week. 
 
263 
 
 The Contractor agrees— 
 
 (d) To be bound to the Subcontractor by all the obligations that the Owner assumes to the Contractor 
 under the Agreement, General Conditions, Drawings and Specifications, and by all the provisions thereof 
 affording remedies and redress to the Contractor from the Owner. 
 
 (ec) To pay the Subcontractor, upon the issuance of certificates, if issued under the schedule of values 
 described in Article 24 of the General Conditions, the amount allowed to the Contractor on account of the 
 Subcontractor’s work to the extent of the Subcontractor’s interest therein. 
 
 (f) To pay the Subcontractor, upon the issuance of certificates, if issued otherwise than asin (e), so that 
 at all times his total payment shall be as large in proportion to the value of the work done by him as the total 
 amount certified to the Contractor is to the value of the work done by him. 
 
 (g) To pay the Subcontractor to such extent as may be provided by the Contract Documents or the 
 subcontract, if either of these provides for earlier or larger payments than the above. 
 
 (h) To pay the Subcontractor on demand for his work or materials as far as executed and fixed in place, 
 less the retained percentage, at the time the certificate should issue, even though the Architect fails to issue 
 it for any cause not the fault of the Subcontractor. : 
 
 (j) To pay the Subcontractor a just share of any fire insurance money received by him, the Contractor, 
 under Article 29 of the General Conditions. 
 
 (k) To make no demand for liquidated damages or penalty for delay in any sum in excess of such amount 
 as may be specifically named in the subcontract. 
 
 (1) That no claim for services rendered or materials furnished by the Contractor to the Subcontractor 
 shall be valid unless written notice thereof is given by the Contractor to the Subcontractor during the first 
 ten days of the calendar month following that in which the claim originated. 
 
 (m) To give the Subcontractor an opportunity to be present and to submit evidence in any arbitration 
 involving his rights. 
 
 (n) To name as arbitrator under arbitration proceedings as provided in the General Conditions the 
 person nominated by the Subcontractor, if the sole cause of dispute is the work, materials, rights or respon- 
 sibilities of the Subcontractor; or, if of the Subcontractor and any other subcontractor jointly, to name as 
 such arbitrator the person upon whom they agree. 
 
 The Contractor and the Subcontractor agree that— 
 
 (0) In the matter of arbitration, their rights and obligations and all procedure shall be analogous to 
 those set forth in this contract. 
 
 Nothing in this article shall create any obligation on the part of the Owner to pay to or to see to the pay- 
 ment of any sums to any Subcontractor. 
 
 Art. 38. Asehitect’s-Status.—The Architect shall have general supervision and direction of the work. He 
 is the agent of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contzact Documents and when in special instances 
 he is authorized by the Owner so to act, and in such instances he shall upon request, show the Contractor 
 written authority. He has authority to stop the work whenever such stoppage may be necessary to insure 
 
 Art. 39. Architect’s Decisions.—The Architect shall, within a reasonable time, make decisions on all claims 
 of the Owner or Contractor and on all other matters relating to the execution and progress of the work or the 
 interpretation of the Contract Documents. 
 
 The Architect’s decisions, in matters relating to artistic effect, shall be final, if within the terms of the 
 
 Contract Documents. 
 Except as above or as otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, all the Architect’s 
 
 decisions are subject to arbitration. 
 APPENDIX 
 
264 
 
 Art. 40. Arbitration.—All questions subject to arbitration under this Contract shall be submitted to arbi- 
 tration at the choice of either party to the dispute. 
 
 The Contractor shall not cause a delay of the work during any arbitration proceedings, except by agree- 
 ment with the Owner. 
 
 The demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the Architect, in the case of an appeal from his 
 decision, within ten days of its receipt and in any other case within a reasonable time after cause thereof 
 and in no case later than the time of final payment, except as otherwise expressly stipulated in the Contract. 
 If the Architect fails to make a decision within a reasonable time, an appeal to arbitration may be taken as if 
 his decision had been rendered against the party appealing. 
 
 No one shall be nominated or act as an arbitrator who is in any way financially interested in this Con- 
 tract or in the business affairs of either the Owner, Contractor or Architect. 
 
 Unless otherwise provided by controlling statutes, the parties may agree upon one arbitrator; other- 
 wise there shall be three, one named in writing, by each party to this Contract, to the other party and to the 
 Architect and the third chosen by these two arbitrators, or if they fail to select a third within fifteen days, 
 then he shall be chosen by the presiding officer of the Bar Association nearest to the location of the work. 
 Should the party demanding arbitration fail to name an arbitrator within ten days of his demand, his right 
 to arbitration shall lapse. Should the other party fail to choose an arbitrator within said ten days, then such 
 presiding officer shall appoint such arbitrator. Should either party refuse or neglect to supply the arbi- 
 trators with any papers or information demanded in writing, the arbitrators are empowered by both parties 
 to proceed ex parte. 
 
 If there be one arbitrator his decision shall be binding; if three the decision of any two shall be binding. 
 Such decision shall be a condition precedent to any right of legal action, and wherever permitted by law it 
 may be filed in Court to carry it into effect. 
 
 The arbitrators, if they deem that the case demands it, are authorized to award to the party whose con- 
 tention is sustained such sums as they shall deem proper for the time, expense and trouble incident to the 
 appeal and, if the appeal was taken without reasonable cause, damages for delay. The arbitrators shall fix 
 their own compensation, unless otherwise provided by agreement, and shall assess the costs and charges of 
 the arbitration upon either or both parties. 
 
 The award of the arbitrators shall be in writing and it shall not be open to objection on account of the 
 form of the proceeding or the award, unless otherwise provided by the controlling statutes. 
 
 In the event of such statutes providing on any matter covered by this article otherwise than as herein- 
 before specified, the method of procedure throughout and the legal effect of the award shall be wholly in 
 accordance with the said statutes, it being intended hereby to lay down a principle of action to be followed, 
 leaving its local application to be adapted to the legal requirements of the jurisdiction having authority 
 over the arbitration. 
 
 Art. 41. Cash Allowances.—The Contractor shall include in the contract sum all allowances named in the 
 Contract Documents and shall cause the work so covered to be done by such contractors and for such sums 
 as the Architect may direct, the contract sum being adjusted in conformity therewith. The Contractor 
 declares that the contract sum includes such sums for expenses and profit on account of cash allowances as 
 he deems proper. No demand for expenses or profit other than those included in the contract sum shall be 
 allowed. The Contractor shall not be required to employ for any such work persons against whom he has a 
 reasonable objection. 
 
 Art. 42. Use of Premises.—The Contractor shall confine his apparatus, the storage of materials and the 
 operations of his workmen to limits indicated by law, ordinances, permits or directions of the Architect and 
 shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with his materials. 
 
 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the structure to be loaded with a weight that will 
 endanger its safety. 
 
 The Contractor shall enforce the Architect’s instructions regarding signs, advertisements, fires and 
 smoking. 
 
265 
 
 Art. 43. Cutting, Patching and Digging.—The Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting or patching of his 
 work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and fit it to receive or be received 
 by work of other contractors shown upon, or reasonably implied by, the Drawings and Specifications for the 
 completed structure, and he shall make good after them as the Architect may direct. 
 
 Any cost caused by defective or ill-timed work shall be borne by the party responsible therefor. 
 
 The Contractor shall not endanger any work by cutting, digging or otherwise, and shall not cut or alter 
 the work of any other contractor save with the consent of the Architect. 
 
 Art. 44. Cleaning Up.—The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulations of 
 waste material or rubbish caused by his employes or work, and at the completion of the work he shall remove 
 all his rubbish from and about the building and all his tools, scaffolding and surplus materials and shall leave 
 his work “ broom clean ” or its equivalent, unless more exactly specified. In case of dispute the Owner may 
 remove the rubbish and charge the cost to the several contractors as the Architect shall determine to be just. 
 
 APPENDIX 
 
Accidents, responsibility for, 5 
 Air chamber, 209 
 Air valves, 227 
 Anchoring for terra cotta, 63, 65 
 Anchor irons, 129 
 Anchors, 21, 35 
 
 for joists, 67, 109 
 Annunciator, 251 
 Aprons, 151 
 Arches, 
 
 relieving, 49 
 
 trimmer, 49 
 Architrave, 151 
 Arch openings, 57 
 Area drains, 203 
 Area drain pits, 17 
 Area floors, cement, 39 
 Area gratings, 
 
 fixed, 69 
 
 hinged, 69 
 Area walls, 
 
 brick, 53 
 
 concrete, 39 
 
 painting of, 175 
 Asbestos covering, 237 
 Ash-can, 83 
 Ash-chute, 83 
 Ash-dumps, 69 
 Ash-pit doors, 49 
 Ash-pits, 49 
 
 Baffle-boards, 121 
 Balusters, 161 
 Bank walls, 17 
 Bargeboards, 123 
 Barrett slag roofing, 76 
 Base boards, 153 
 Bases, cement, 39 
 Batter-boards, 15 
 Beam and rafter courses, 57 
 Beams, 
 
 collar, 109 
 
 ingle, 155 
 
 over cesspool, 67 
 
 show, 155 
 Bearing slabs, 57 
 Bed moulds, 129 
 Bell, electric, 251 
 Bids, right to reject, 3 
 Bins, coal, 119 
 Blinds, 135 
 
 INDEX 
 
 Blocks, 
 
 concrete, 35, 36 
 
 gypsum, 23 
 
 hollow tile, 55 
 Boiler, 225 
 Boiler covering, 233 
 Boiler drain, 203 
 Boiler foundation, 225 
 Boiler, painting of, 233 
 Bolting plates and sills, 107 
 Bolts, for wall plates, 67 
 Bond, 5 
 Bonding for terra cotta, 61 
 Book-case doors, 157 
 Book-cases, 157 
 Borders, wood, 117 
 Boston hips, 81, 113 
 Bottle racks, 145 
 Box, cut-out, 141 
 Boxes, 
 
 mixing, 37 
 
 mortar, 19 
 Box heads, 131 
 Brackets, wood, 125, 155 
 Brass, joints in, 195 
 Brass pipe, 193 
 Brass piping, 205 
 Bread-board, 145 
 Brick, 
 
 common, 45 
 
 face, 44, 45 
 
 fire, 51 
 
 moulded, 47 
 
 ornamental, 47 
 Brick areas, 53 
 Brick fireplaces, 51 
 Brick hearths, 51 
 Brick manholes, 49 
 Brick paving, 52, 53 
 Brick veneer, 46 
 Brickwork, 
 
 common bond, 47 
 
 mortar for, 45 
 
 pointing of, 47 
 
 samples of, 47 
 
 special bond for, 47 
 
 work included, 45 
 
 workmanship for, 47 
 Bridging, 105 
 Bronzing, 231 
 Builder’s iron, 65 
 Building laws, 9 
 
 Cable, electric, 249 
 
 Calking, 21 
 
 Cane register faces, 159 
 Canvas roofing, 81 
 
 Canvas wall covering, 178, 179 
 
 Carving, 
 special, 141 
 wood, 141 
 
 Casement windows, 133 
 Casements, metal, 171 
 Casing, window, 131 
 Cast-iron, joints in, 195 
 Cast-iron 
 cleanout doors, 69 
 coal chutes, 69 
 dampers, 67 
 pipe, 193 
 registers, 141 
 throats, 67 
 Cedar-lined closet, 147 
 Ceiling, porch, 129 
 Ceilings, furred, 119 
 Cellar stairs, 161 
 Cellar-way, 121 
 Cellar windows, hinged, 131 
 Cement, 
 colored, 41 
 for concrete, 33 
 for masonry, 19 
 Keene’s, 87 
 white, 19 
 Cement 
 area floors, 39 
 bases, 39 
 cesspool top, 43 
 chimney caps, 43 
 copings, 43 
 floors, exterior, 39 
 interior, 39 
 hearth, kitchen, 41 
 mortar, 24, 25, 45 
 sidewalk, 41 
 sills, 43 
 steps, 43 
 terraces, 39 
 under-hearths, 41 
 Cesspool, 197 
 excavate for, 17, 188 
 stone, 29 
 Cesspool top, 31, 43, 196, 197 
 Chair rail, 153 
 Changes, 2 
 
 267 
 
268 
 
 Chase lining, 236 
 Chases 
 
 in concrete, 35 
 
 in masonry, 21 
 
 for plumbing, 191 
 Chimney caps, cement, 43 
 Chimney furring, 119 
 Chimney strap, 71 
 Chimney breast, 53 
 Chimney pots, 51 
 Chimneys, 51 
 China closet, 159 
 China cupboard, 158 
 Chute, clothes, 121 
 Cinders, 19 
 Cinder concrete, 35 
 Cinders for concrete, 33 
 Circulating system, 209 
 Clapboards, 113 
 Cleaning cut-stone, 27 
 Cleaning up, 11 
 Cleanout doors, 49 
 Cleanouts, 
 
 cast-iron, 69 
 
 for plumbing, 199 
 Cleats 
 
 joist, 107 
 
 pipe, 119 
 Closed valleys, 81, 112 
 Closet, 
 
 for table leaves, 145 
 
 cedar-lined, 147 
 
 china, 159 
 
 linen, 145 
 Closet fittings, 149 
 Closet shelving, 149 
 Closets, 149 
 Closing in work, 9 
 Clothes-chute, 121 
 Coal bins, 119 
 Coal-chutes, 69 
 Cold-air duct, 49, 119, 236, 237 
 Cold-water supply, 207 
 Collar beams, 105, 109 
 Colored cement paving, 41 
 Coloring for mortar, 45 
 Columns, 155 
 
 hollow tile, 57 
 
 Lally, 43, 67 
 
 porch, 129 
 Combed ridges, 112 
 Common bond, 47 
 Common brick, 45 
 Completion, time of, 3 
 Concealed piping, 227 
 Concrete 
 
 area walls, 39 
 
 blocks, 35 
 
 block foundations, 36 
 
 block walls, 36 
 
 footings, 37 
 
 Concrete 
 foundations, 37 
 lintels, 39 
 
 Concrete, 
 anchors in, 35 
 chases in, 35 
 cinder, 35 
 cinders for, 33 
 dressed, 43 
 forms for, 37 
 mixing, 37 
 pouring, 37 
 plain, 35 
 reinforced, 35 
 reinforcement for, 66, 67 
 sand for, 33 
 stone for, 33 
 under wood floors, 41 
 waterproofing, 35 
 work included, 33 
 work, protection of, 35 
 
 Conductor 
 heads, 77 
 straps, 77 
 
 Conductors, 77 
 copper, 72 
 
 Conduit, rigid, 247 
 
 Conduit work, 247 
 
 Control valves, 207 
 
 Copings, cement, 43 
 
 Copper 
 roofing, 76 
 spouting, 77 
 work, 72 
 
 Copper-bearing iron spouting, 77 
 
 Cornice 
 exterior, 129 
 interior, 155 
 plaster, 91 
 
 Corner beads, 87 
 
 Corners, rounded, 91 
 
 Counter-flashing, 75 
 lead, 72 
 tin, 73 
 
 Counter-shelf, 143 
 plate glass, 187 
 
 Cove, ceiling, 91 
 
 Covering for pipes, 205, 236 
 
 Covers, pipe, 119 
 
 Cross furring, 119 
 
 Cupboard 
 china, 158 
 fittings, 145 
 hanging, 143 
 linings, 143 
 
 Curb valve, 205 
 
 Cut-out box, 141 
 
 Cut-stone, 25 
 cleaning of, 27 
 setting of, 27 
 
 Cutting work, 11 
 
 Dampers, cast-iron, 67 
 Dampness, 11 
 Dashing, 27 
 Demolition, work included, 13 
 Details, wood, 123 
 Diagram for gas piping, 219 
 Dimensions, 7 
 Disagreements, 7 
 Door 
 flashings, 75 
 frames, 137 
 screens, 134, 135 
 shower enclosure, 99 
 trim, 125, 151 
 Doors, 137 
 ash-pit, 49 
 book-case, 157 
 cleanout, 49, 69 
 fireproof, 139 
 garage, 139 
 glazed, 139 
 ice, 139 
 mirror, 139 
 shelf, 147 
 slat, 139 
 sliding, 139 
 stock, 137 
 trim, 121 
 Double-hung windows, 131 
 Double-strength glass, 185 
 Drain boards, 143 
 Drain valves, 207 
 Drains, 
 area, 203 
 boiler, 203 
 footings, 29 
 garage, 199, 213 
 house, 197 
 rain conductor, 200, 201 
 Drawers, 
 linen closet, 147 
 painting of, 181 
 Drawings, 
 detail and working, 7 
 omissions in, 7 
 return of, 11 
 shop, 7, 59, 65 
 Dressed concrete, 43 
 Dressers, 143 
 Drops, post, 161 
 Dry wells, 17 
 Ducts, cold-air, 49, 119, 236, 237 
 Ducts, for heating, 230, 231 
 Dumb-waiter, 121 
 
 Egg-shell finish, 179 
 Electric 
 bell circuits, 251 
 buttons, 253 
 fixtures, 248, 249 
 
Electric 
 
 outlets, 243 
 
 switches, 249 
 Electric wiring, 
 
 general, 241 
 
 guarantee, 243 
 
 inspection of, 243 
 
 layout of system, 241 
 
 materials for, 241 
 
 system of, 243 
 
 test of, 243 
 Enameled 
 
 iron work, 183 
 
 plaster, 177 
 
 woodwork, 177 
 Enclosures, radiator, 159 
 Entablature, 127 
 Erecting iron and steel, 64, 65 
 Escutcheons, 193 
 Examination of premises, 3 
 Excavation, 
 
 below floors, 15 
 
 for cesspool, 188 
 
 for piping, 17 
 
 for plumbing, 188 
 
 general, 15 
 Expansion tank, 229 
 Exposed pipes, 193 
 Extension, for garage, 229 
 Exterior 
 
 cement floors, 39 
 
 cement plaster, 89 
 
 cornice, 129 
 
 finish coat, 88, 89 
 
 plaster work, 91 
 
 stain, 174, 175 
 
 tile flooring, 81 
 
 woodwork, 123 
 
 Face brick, 44, 45 
 Face stone work, 25, 26, 27 
 Facings, brick area, 53 
 Feeders, 245 
 Fees, 5 
 Felt, roofing, 79 
 Figured rolled glass, 185 
 Filling around masonry, 17 
 Finish, 
 
 egg-shell, 179 
 
 gloss, 179 
 
 matt, 179 
 
 mahogany, 181 
 
 wax, 181 
 Finish coat, exterior, 88, 89 
 Finish hardware, 162, 163 
 Finished flooring, 117 
 Fire brick, 51 
 Fire cuts, 109 
 Fireplaces, 
 
 brick, 51 
 
 Fireplaces, 
 marble, 99 
 throats, 48 
 tile, 99 
 Fireproof doors, 139 
 Fire stops, 21 
 Fittings, nickel-plated, 209 
 Fixed area gratings, 69 
 Fixed sash, 133 
 Fixtures, 
 electric, 248, 249 
 plumbing, 209 
 protection of, 209 
 Fixture supports, 249 
 Flagstone, 29 
 terraces, 29 
 walks, 29 
 Flashing, 75 
 door and window, 75 
 of half-timber, 75 
 for gussets, 75 
 for valleys, 75 
 of vent pipes, 195 
 Flashings, 
 copper, 72 
 tin, 73 
 zinc, 72 
 Floor, 
 for canvas deck, 115 
 insulating, 115 
 loft, 115 
 marble, 93 
 terrazzo, 95 
 Flooring, 
 borders for, 117 
 exterior tile, 81 
 finished, 117 
 painting of, 181 
 special, 116 
 Floor paper, 115 
 Floors, 
 brick area, 53 
 cement area, 39 
 exterior, cement, 39 
 hollow tile, 55 
 insulation for, 21 
 interior, cement, 39 
 planing, 117 
 scraping, 117 
 sound-proof, 115 
 Flue cleanout doors, 49 
 Flue linings, 51 
 Flues, schedule of, 237 
 Folding stairway, 121 
 Footing drains, 29 
 Footing stones, 27 
 Footings, concrete, 37 
 Foreman, 9 
 Forms for concrete, 37 
 Foundation for boiler, 225 
 Foundation stone, 25 
 
 Foundations, 
 concrete, 37 
 concrete block, 36 
 
 Frame, metal shower, 97 
 
 Frames, 
 door, 137 
 metal, 171 
 porch, 135 
 setting of, 21 
 
 Framing 
 lumber, 107 
 joists, 109 
 
 Fresco, 181 
 
 Fresh-air inlet, 199 
 
 Frost, 11 
 
 Furred ceilings, 119 
 
 Furring, 
 chimney, 119 
 cross, 119 
 exterior, 113 
 wall, 119 
 
 Furnace, hot-air, 235 
 
 Furnaces, setting, 235 
 
 Future bathrooms, 201 
 
 Galvanized iron, 
 corner beads, 87 
 linings, 83 
 painting of, 183 
 pipe railing, 69 
 spouting, 77 
 
 Garage 
 circuit, 247 
 doors, 139 
 drains, 199, 213 
 water supply, 207 
 
 Gas 
 fitting, general, 219 
 pipe, 219 
 range, 221 
 water heater, 221 
 
 Gas piping, 
 diagram for, 219 
 system, 219 
 test for, 221 
 
 Gate valve, 204 
 
 Girders, 105 
 
 Glass, 
 double-strength, 185: 
 figured rolled, 185 
 leaded, 186, 187 
 plate, 185 
 single-strength, 185 
 wire, 187 
 
 Glass shower enclosure, 96 
 
 Glazing, 
 in general, 185 
 of metal casements, 185 
 
 Gloss finish, 179 
 
 Grading, 16, 17 
 
 INDEX 
 
270 
 
 Grease-trap, 213 
 Grit, for mortar, 45 
 Grounds, 119 
 Grouting, 51 
 Guarantee, 11 
 of electric system, 243 
 for heating system, 223 
 for hot-air system, 235 
 for painting, 173 
 for plumbing, 191 
 for sheet metal, 73 
 ‘Guards, snow, 81 
 Gussets, 75, 111 
 ‘Gutters, 
 for porch floors, 75 
 hanging, 77 
 lined, 75 
 stop, 111 
 
 ‘Gypsum block partitions, 23 
 
 Half-timber, 125 
 
 flashing of, 75 
 Hand rails, 161 
 Hanger rods, 149 
 Hangers, 
 
 joist, 67, 106 
 
 for headers, 109 
 Hanging gutters, 77. 
 Hardware, 
 
 finish, 162, 163 
 
 rough, 163 
 
 schedule of, 163 
 
 window, 131 
 Heads, conductor, 77 
 Hearths, 
 
 brick, 51 
 
 cement, kitchen, 41 
 
 marble, 99 
 
 tile, 99 
 
 Heat pipes, provisions for, 39 
 
 Heating system, 225 
 guarantee, 223 
 pipes, 227 
 
 Hinged area gratings, 69 
 
 Hips, 
 
 Boston, 81, 113 
 mitered, 80, 112 
 
 -Hollow tile, 
 beam courses, 57 
 blocks, 55 
 columns, 57 
 floors, 55 
 jamb blocks, 55 
 lintels, 57 
 mortar for, 55 
 piers, 57 
 setting of, 55 
 sill blocks, 57 
 work included, 55 
 
 Hood, 129 
 
 Hook strips, 149 
 
 Hose cock, 209 
 
 Hose, vacuum cleaning, 217 
 Hot-air piping, 237 
 
 Hot-air registers, 237 
 
 Hot water supply, 209 
 
 Hot water tank, 211 
 
 House drain, 197 
 
 House drain trap, 199 
 House sewer, 196, 197 
 House, telephone, 253 
 
 Ice door and frame, 139 
 Incinerator, 51 
 connection to, 221 
 Indirect radiation, 231 
 Ingle beams, 155 
 Inlets for vacuum cleaning, 215 
 Inspection, 9 
 of electric wiring, 243 
 Insulating floor, 115 
 Insulation for floors, 21 
 Insurance, 5 
 Interior 
 cement floors, 39 
 cornice, 155 
 painted plaster, 176 
 rain conductors, 200, 201 
 stain, 179 
 Tron and steel, 
 erection of, 64, 65 
 painting, 65 
 shop drawings, 65 
 Tron, builders, 65 
 ornamental, 70, 71 
 Tron lintels, 57 
 Iron work, enameled, 183 
 Irons, anchor, 129 
 
 Jamb blocks, hollow tile, 55 
 Jambs, plaster, 151 
 Joggles, 21, 35 
 Joints, 
 in brass, 195 
 in cast-iron, 195 
 in heating pipes, 227 
 in lead pipes, 195 
 in terra cotta, 61, 194, 195 
 wire, 249 
 in wrought iron, 195 
 Joist 
 anchors, 67 
 cleats, 107 
 hangers, 67, 106 
 framing, 109 
 Joists, 105 
 
 Keene’s cement, 87, 89 
 Kitchen chimney breast, 53 
 
 Kitchen hearth, 101 
 Kitchen under-hearth, 41 
 Knob and tube work, 246 
 
 Ladder, 121 
 Lally columns, 67 
 Larder cupboard, 143 
 Lath, 
 
 metal, 84, 93 
 
 shingle, 111 
 
 wood, 85 
 Lattice, 127 
 Laying out work, 7 
 Lead counter-flashing, 72 
 Leaded glass, 186, 187 
 Lead pipe, 193 
 
 joints in, 195 
 Lead waste pipes, 201 
 Ledger boards, 105 
 Liens, release of, 5 
 Lime mortar, 25 
 Lime plaster, 87 
 Lime-cement mortar, 45 
 Lined gutters, 75 
 Linen closet, 145 
 Linen closet drawers, 147 
 Linings, 
 
 chase, 236 
 
 cupboard, 143 
 
 flue, 51 
 
 galvanized iron, 83 
 
 zine, 83 
 Lintels, 
 
 concrete, 39 
 
 hollow tile, 57 
 
 iron, 57 
 
 steel, 67 
 
 stone, 29 
 Lintels, setting of, 21 
 Loft floor, 115 
 Louvres, 125 
 Lumber, 
 
 rough, 103 
 
 sizes of, 105 
 
 Mahogany finish, 181 
 Manholes, 244 
 
 brick, 49 
 
 covers, 203 
 Mantels, 
 
 marble, 99 
 
 special, 157 
 
 wood, 157 
 Marble 
 
 floor, 93 
 
 fireplaces, 99 
 
 hearth, 99 
 
 mantel, 99 
 
 shower enclosure, 96 
 
Marble 
 
 shower receptor, 98 
 
 sills, 97 
 
 steps, 93 
 
 thresholds, 97 
 
 wainscot, 95 
 Marked plates, 249 
 Materials, 9 
 
 for electric wiring, 241 
 
 old, 13 
 
 terra cotta, 61 
 Matt finish, 179 
 Medicine cabinet, 146, 147 
 
 mirrors, 187 
 Metal 
 
 casements, 171 
 
 casements, glazing of, 185 
 
 lath, 84, 93 
 
 lath, incidental, 85 
 
 nailing plugs, 117 
 
 sash and frames, 171 
 
 work, painting of, 181 
 Meter board, 245 
 Meter, water, 205 
 Mirror doors, 139 
 Mirrors, 187 
 
 medicine cabinet, 187 
 Mitered hips, 80, 112 
 Mitered ridges, 80 
 Mixing boxes, 37 
 Mixing concrete, 37 
 Models, terra cotta, 59 
 Mortar, 
 
 cement, 24, 25 
 
 for brickwork, 45 
 non-staining, 25 
 
 coloring, 45 
 
 grit for, 45 
 
 for hollow tile, 55 
 
 lime, 25 
 
 lime-cement, 45 
 
 pebbles for, 45 
 
 for tile work, 93 
 Mortar boxes, 19 
 Motor connections, 251 
 Moulded brick, 47 
 Mouldings, panel, 178 
 Mullions, 133 
 
 Nailing plugs, 117 
 
 Nailing strips, 116 
 
 Nails for slate roofs, 79 
 Newels, 161 
 
 Nickel-plated fittings, 209 
 Nickel-plated work, 193 
 Non-siphon traps, 201 
 Non-staining cement mortar, 25 
 Nosings, 161 
 
 Oak flooring, painting of, 181 
 Omissions in drawings, 7 
 
 Open expansion tank, 229 
 Openings, arch, 57 
 Open valleys, 113 
 Ordinances, 9 
 Ornamental 
 
 brick, 47 
 
 iron, 70, 71 
 
 plaster, 91 
 
 tile, 101 
 Outlets, electric, 243, 247 
 Outlookers, wood, 125 
 
 Paint, exterior stucco, 177 
 Painted 
 
 metal work, 181 
 
 plaster, interior, 177 
 
 woodwork, exterior, 177 
 
 interior, 177 
 
 Painting, 
 
 area walls, 175 
 
 of boiler, 233 
 
 of galvanized iron, 183, 239 
 
 guarantee, 173 
 
 of iron and steel, 65 
 
 materials for, 175 
 
 of radiators, 183, 231 
 
 of roofs, 79 
 
 samples, of 173 
 
 of tin work, 239 
 Panel board, 244, 245 
 Paneled reveals, 153 
 Paneling, wall, 157 
 Paper, 
 
 floor, 115 
 
 roofing, 79, 111 
 
 sheathing, 111 
 Parting strips, 131 
 Partitions, 
 
 sound-proof, 106, 107 
 
 stud, 107 
 
 unfinished, 141 
 Patent plaster, 86 
 Patent roofing, 78 
 Paths, slate, 101 
 Paving, 
 
 colored cement, 41 
 
 slate, 101 
 Paving brick, 52, 53 
 Pebbles for mortar, 45 
 Pegs, wood, 125 
 Permits, 5 
 
 for plumbing, 189 
 Picture moulding, 153 
 Piers, hollow tile, 57 
 Pilasters, 129, 155 
 Pillars, 127 
 Pilot circuits, 251 
 Pipe, 
 
 brass, 193 
 
 cast-iron, 193 
 
 271 
 
 Pipe, 
 lead, 193 
 lead waste, 201 
 smoke, 225, 235 
 soil, 199 
 terra cotta, 191 
 vent, 199 
 waste, 201 
 wrought iron, 193 
 Pipe 
 cleats, 119 
 covering, 205, 233, 236 
 railings, 69 
 Pipes, 
 exposed, 193 
 old, 13 
 protection of, 195 
 Piping, 
 brass, 205 
 concealed, 227 
 for gas, 219 
 for heating system, 227 
 for hot-air, 237 
 supply, 203 
 for vacuum cleaning, 215 
 Pits, area drain, 17 
 Placing reinforcement, 37 
 Plain concrete, 35 
 Planing floors, 117 
 Plaster, 
 cast, ornamental, 91 
 cornice, 91 
 enameled, 177 
 exterior finish coat, 88 
 exterior cement, 89 
 finish coat, 89 
 interior, painted, 176, 177 
 jambs, 151 
 Keene’s cement, 87 
 lime, 87 
 patent, 86 
 samples of, 85 
 sand finish, 87 
 smooth finish, 87 
 three-coat work, 89 
 two-coat work, 89 
 work, exterior, 91 
 Plate glass, 185 
 counter-shelf, 187 
 shelves, 187 
 Plates, 105 
 inarked, 249 
 Plinths, 151 
 Plugs, nailing, 117 
 Plumbing, 
 chases for, 191 
 in general, 189 
 layout of system, 191 
 permits, 189 
 tests, 190 
 Pockets, sliding door, 123 
 
 INDEX 
 
272 
 
 Pointing, 
 
 of brickwork, 47 
 
 samples of, 27 
 
 stone work, 27 
 Porch 
 
 ceiling, 129 
 
 floor gutters, 75 
 
 frames, 135 
 
 screens, 135 
 
 soffit, 129 
 
 woodwork, 127 
 Post drops, 161 
 Posts, 
 
 corner, 105 
 
 porch, 127, 129 
 Pouring concrete, 37 
 Preparation for tile, 41, 89 
 Pressure regulator, 205 
 Priming woodwork, 123 
 Privy, 11 
 Proposals, 3 
 Protection, 
 
 of concrete work, 35 
 
 of fixtures, 209 
 
 of masonry, 19 
 
 of materials, 11 
 
 of pipes, 195 
 
 from roots, 197 
 Provision for heat pipes, 39 
 Pulley stiles, 131 
 Push buttons, 253 
 
 Questions, 7 
 
 Radiation, indirect, 231 
 Radiator 
 enclosures, 159 
 recesses, 21, 151, 228, 229 
 Radiators, 229 
 bronzing of, 231 
 painting of, 183, 231 
 Rafters, 105, 109 
 show, 123 
 Raggles, terra cotta, 61 
 Railings, 
 pipe, 69 
 wood, 127 
 Rain conductor 
 drains, 200, 201 
 shoes, 202, 203 
 Rain conductors, 77 
 interior, 200, 201 
 Range, 
 gas, 221 
 kitchen, 210, 211 
 Receptacles, electric, 249 
 Receptor, 
 marble shower, 98 
 porcelain shower, 98 
 tile shower, 99 
 
 Recesses, radiator, 21, 151, 228, 229 
 
 Recirculation registers, 231 
 Refitting, 11 
 Refrigerator waste, 203 
 Register faces, cane, 159 
 Register trim, 159 
 Registers, 231, 237 
 
 cast-iron, 141 
 
 recirculation, 231 
 
 sizes, schedule of, 237 
 Reinforced concrete, 35 
 Reinforced concrete stone, 33 
 Reinforcement, 
 
 for concrete, 66, 67 
 
 placing of, 37 
 Reinforcing rods, 33 
 Relieving arches, 49 
 Reveals, paneled, 153 
 Ridge-boards, 113 
 Ridges, 
 
 combed, 112 
 
 mitered, 80 
 Risers, 161 
 
 independent, 207 
 Rods, 
 
 hanger, 149 
 
 reinforcing, 33 
 Roof strips, tile, 111 
 Roofing, 
 
 Barrett, slag, 76 
 
 canvas, 81 
 
 copper, 76 
 
 felt, 79 
 
 paper, 79, 111 
 
 patent, 78 
 
 slag, 76 
 
 slate, 79 
 
 tile, 77 
 
 tin, 77 
 
 work included, 73 
 Roofs, 
 
 painting of, 79 
 
 sheathing of, 111 
 Rough hardware, 163 
 Rubbing strips, 135 
 
 Samples, 
 of brickwork, 47 
 of painting, 173 
 of plaster, 85 
 of pointing, 27 
 of stone work, 26 
 of terra cotta, 61 
 Sand, 19 
 for concrete, 33 
 Sand finish, 87 
 Sandpapering, 179 
 Sash, 131 
 fixed, 133 
 storm, 135 
 metal, 171 
 
 Schedule 
 
 of flues, 237 
 
 of hardware, 163 
 
 of plumbing fixtures, 211 
 
 of radiators, 229 
 
 of register sizes, 237 
 Scraping floors, 117 
 Screens, 
 
 door and window, 134, 135 
 
 porch, 135 
 Scuppers, 21, 83 
 Scuttle, 121 
 Sealed tank system, 228 
 Seats, 129 
 
 window, 159 
 Selected stones, 29 
 Septic tank, 196, 197 
 
 excavate for, 17 
 Service connection, 245 
 Service, underground, 244 
 Serving table, 145 
 Serving window, 145 
 Setting 
 
 cut-stone, 27 
 
 hollow tile, 55 
 
 stone work, 27 
 Sewer, house, 196, 197 
 Shafts, 155 
 Sheathing 
 
 for roofs, 111 
 
 valleys, 111 
 
 walls, 109 
 Sheathing paper, 111 
 Sheet metal, 
 
 guarantee for, 73 
 
 work included, 73 
 Shelf-doors, 147 
 Shelves, 
 
 book-case, 157 
 
 plate glass, 187 
 Shingle lath, 111 
 Shingle stain, 174, 175 
 Shingle tile, 78 
 Shingles, wood, 113 
 Shoe-rack, 149 
 Shoes, cast-iron, 202, 203 
 Shop drawings, 
 
 iron and steel, 65 
 
 terra cotta, 59 
 Shoring, 13 
 Show beams, 155 
 Show rafters, 123 
 Show sills, 133 
 Shower enclosure 
 
 door, 99 
 
 glass, 96 
 
 marble, 96 
 
 tile, 97 
 Shower receptor, 
 
 marble, 98 
 
 porcelain, 98 
 
Shower receptor, 
 
 tile, 99 
 Shrubbery, protection of, 15 
 Shutters, 135 
 Sidewalk, cement, 41 
 Siding, 113 
 Sills, 105 
 
 cement, 43 
 
 marble, 97 
 
 show, 133 
 
 window, 131 
 Sill-blocks, hollow tile, 57 
 Single-strength glass, 185 
 Sizes of lumber, 105 
 Skylights, 82, 83 
 Slabs, bearing, 57 
 Slag roofing, 76 
 Slat doors, 139 
 Slate 
 
 paths, 101 
 
 paving, 101 
 
 roofs, 79 
 Sleepers, 113 
 Sliding doors, 139 
 Sliding-door pockets, 123 
 Smoke pipe, 225, 235 
 Smooth finish, 87 
 Snow-guards, 81 
 Sod, 15 
 Soffits, porch, 129 
 Soil, top, 15 
 Soil-pipes, 199 
 Soil-stack, sound-proof, 199 
 Soldering, 73 
 Sound-proof floor, 115 
 Sound-proof partition, 106, 107 
 Speaking tubes, 253 
 Special 
 
 bond, 47 
 
 carving, 141 
 
 flooring, 116 
 
 mantels, 157 
 
 shapes, tile, 97 
 
 timbers, 105 
 
 work not included, 3 
 Specifications, return of, 11 
 Spouting, 77 
 Stack, water heater, 225 
 Staff-mould, 131 
 Stain, 
 
 exterior, 174, 175 
 
 interior, 179 
 
 shingle, 174, 175 
 Stained woodwork, 141 
 Stair horses, 105 
 Stair risers, 161 
 Stair treads, 161 
 Stairs, 
 
 cellar, 161 
 
 wood, 161 
 Stairway, folding, 121 
 
 Stakes, 15 
 Steel, structural, 66 
 Steel lintels, 67 
 Steel shower frame, 97 
 Steps, 
 
 cement, 43 
 
 marble, 93 
 
 wood, 125 
 Stock doors, 137 
 Stone, 
 
 cut, 25 
 
 face, 25 
 
 foundation, 25 
 
 for plain concrete, 33 
 
 for reinforced concrete, 33 
 Stone cesspool, 29 
 Stone lintels, 29 
 Stones, 
 
 footing, 27 
 
 selected, 29 
 Stone work, 
 
 face, 26, 27 
 
 pointing of, 27 
 
 samples of, 26 
 
 setting of, 27 
 Stools, 151 
 Stop-beads, 151 
 Stop-gutters, 111 
 Stop-valves, 207 
 Storm sash, 135 
 Strap, chimney, 71 
 Straps, for conductors, 77 
 Strings, 161 
 Stripping, weather, 133 
 Strips, threshold, 117 
 Structural steel, 66 
 Stucco, 
 
 painted, 177 
 
 samples of, 85 
 Stud walls, 107 
 Studs, 105 
 Sub-base, 153 
 Sub-contractors, 3 
 Supply pipes, 207 
 Supply piping, 203 
 Supports for gas pipes, 221 
 Surface of timber, 125 
 Surveys, 5 
 Switches, electric, 249 
 System 
 
 of electric wiring, 243 
 
 of heating, 225 
 
 Tags for valves, 191 
 Tank, 
 
 expansion, 229 
 
 hot-water, 211 
 
 sealed system, 228 
 Telephone connection, 244 
 Telephone, house, 253 
 Telephone service, outside, 253 
 
 273 
 
 Terraces, 
 cement, 39 
 flagstone, 29 
 Terra cotta, 
 anchoring for, 63, 65 
 bonding of, 61 
 joints in, 61, 194, 195 
 materials and workmanship, 61 
 models for, 59 
 samples of, 61 
 shop drawings for, 59 
 work included, 59 
 pipe, 191 
 raggles, 61 
 Terrazzo floor, 95 
 Tests 
 of electric wiring, 243 
 of gas piping, 221 
 for plumbing, 190, 191 
 for vacuum cleaning system, 217 
 Three-coat work, 89 
 Thresholds, marble, 97 
 Threshold strips, 117 
 Throats and dampers, 48, 49, 67 
 Tile, 
 ornamental, 101 
 preparation for, 89 
 shingle, 78 
 special shapes, 97 
 Tile 
 fireplaces, 99 
 flooring, exterior, 81 
 floors, preparation for, 41 
 hearth, kitchen, 101 
 hearths, 99 
 roofs, 78 
 shower enclosure, 97 
 shower receptor, 99 
 work included, 95 
 Tile work, 
 materials, 95 
 mortar for, 93 
 Timbers, special, 105 
 Tin counter-flashing, 73 
 Tin flashings, 73 
 Tin roofing, 77 
 Tin work, soldering, 73 
 Tools, vacuum cleaning, 217 
 Transformer, 251 
 Transoms, 133 
 Trap, 
 grease, 213 
 house drain, 199 
 Trap-door, 79, 121 
 Traps, 200 
 non-siphon, 201 
 Treads, 161 
 ‘Trees, removal of, 15 
 Trellis, 127 
 Trim, door and window, 125, 151 
 register, 159 
 
 INDEX 
 
274 
 
 Trimmer arches, 49 
 Two-coat work, 89 
 
 Underground service connection, 244 
 Underpinning, 13 
 
 Under-floor, concrete, 41 
 Under-flooring, wood, 115 
 Under-hearths, cement, 41 
 
 Vacuum cleaning 
 
 hose, 217 
 
 inlets, 215 
 
 machine, 215 
 
 piping, 215 
 
 test, 217 
 
 tools, 217 
 Valleys, 
 
 closed, 81, 112 
 
 flashing for, 75 
 
 open, 113 
 Valves, 195 
 
 air, 227 
 
 control, 207 
 
 curb, 205 
 
 gate, 204 
 
 stop and drain, 207 
 
 for gas, 219 
 
 for heating system, 227 
 Veneer, brick, 46 
 Vent pipes, 199 
 
 flashing for, 195 
 Ventilation, 141 
 Vents, 200 
 
 Wainscot, marble, 95 
 Walks, flagstone, 29 
 Wall furring, 119 
 Wall paneling, 157 
 
 Wall string, 161 
 Walls, 
 bank, 17 
 brick area, 53 
 concrete, area, 39 
 concrete block, 36 
 stud, 107 
 Wardrobe, 147 
 Waste pipes, 201 
 Water heater, 
 coal burning, 211 
 gas, 221 
 Water heating stack, 225 
 Water meter, 205 
 Waterproofing, 23 
 basement, 22 
 concrete, 35 
 Water supply, 204, 205 
 cold, 207 
 garage, 207 
 hot, 209 
 system, 204, 205 
 temporary, 10, 11 
 Wax finish, 181 
 Weather-boards, 113 
 Weather stripping, 133 
 Weep-holes, 21 
 Wells, 
 dry, 17 
 old, 13 
 White cement, 19 
 Whitewash, 23 
 Window aprons, 151 
 Window hardware, 131 
 Window screens, 134, 135 
 Window seats, 159 
 Window stools, 151 
 Window trim, 125, 151 
 Windows, 
 casement, 133 
 
 Windows, 
 double-hung, 131 
 hinged, cellar, 131 
 serving, 145 
 Wire, electric, 249 
 Wire glass, 187 
 Wire joints, 249 
 Wiring for bell work, 251 
 Wood carving, 141 
 Wood lath, 85 
 Wood under-flooring, 115 
 Woodwork, 
 enameled, 177 
 exterior, 123 
 exterior painted, 177 
 interior painted, 139, 177 
 interior stained, 141 
 porch, 127 
 priming, 123 
 setting, 141 
 Work, 
 closing in, 9 
 cutting, 11 
 defective, 9 
 improper, 9 
 Workmanship, 9 
 for brickwork, 47 
 for terra cotta, 61 
 Workmen, 9 
 Workmen’s Compensation Law, 5 
 Wrought-iron, joints in, 195 
 Wrought-iron pipe, 193 
 
 Yokes, 131 
 
 Zinc covering, 83 
 Zinc flashings, 72 
 Zinc linings, 83 
 Zine work, 72 
 
. 
 . 
 | 
 i 
 ) 
 | 
 
 patna ena aliiine 
 
 GETTY CENTER LIBRARY 
 
 UMN 
 
 3 3125 00634 3 
 
2 
 
 oat 
 
 exetas 
 
 Sie 
 
 on > ahs 
 
 if 
 i 
 
 i 
 a 
 
 Setfy